‘Genel Kültür’ Kategorisi için ArÅŸiv

[pg/etext94/bfaut10.txt]

Salı, 06 Kasım 2007

[pg/etext94/bfaut10.txt]

The Autobiography of Benjamin Franklin

July, 1994 [Etext #148]

This text is in the PUBLIC DOMAIN.

THE AUTOBIOGRAPHY OF

BENJAMIN FRANKLIN

WITH INTRODUCTION AND NOTES

EDITED BY CHARLES W ELIOT LLD

P F COLLIER & SON COMPANY, NEW YORK (1909)

INTRODUCTORY NOTE

BENJAMIN FRANKLIN was born in Milk Street, Boston, on January

6, 1706. His father, Josiah Franklin, was a tallow chandler who

married twice, and of his seventeen children Benjamin was the youngest

son. His schooling ended at ten, and at twelve he was bound apprentice

to his brother James, a printer, who published the "New England

Courant." To this journal he became a contributor, and later was for

a time its nominal editor. But the brothers quarreled, and Benjamin

ran away, going first to New York, and thence to Philadelphia, where

he arrived in October, 1723. He soon obtained work as a printer,

but after a few months he was induced by Governor Keith to go to

London, where, finding Keith’s promises empty, he again worked as a

compositor till he was brought back to Philadelphia by a merchant

named Denman, who gave him a position in his business. On Denman’s

death he returned to his former trade, and shortly set up a printing

house of his own from which he published "The Pennsylvania Gazette,"

to which he contributed many essays, and which he made a medium for

agitating a variety of local reforms. In 1732 he began to issue his

famous "Poor Richard’s Almanac" for the enrichment of which he borrowed

or composed those pithy utterances of worldly wisdom which are the

basis of a large part of his popular reputation. In 1758, the year

in which he ceases writing for the Almanac, he printed in it "Father

Abraham’s Sermon," now regarded as the most famous piece of literature

produced in Colonial America.

Meantime Franklin was concerning himself more and more with

public affairs. He set forth a scheme for an Academy, which was

taken up later and finally developed into the University of Pennsylvania;

and he founded an "American Philosophical Society" for the purpose

of enabling scientific men to communicate their discoveries to one

another. He himself had already begun his electrical researches,

which, with other scientific inquiries, he called on in the intervals

of money-making and politics to the end of his life. In 1748 he

sold his business in order to get leisure for study, having now

acquired comparative wealth; and in a few years he had made discoveries

that gave him a reputation with the learned throughout Europe. In

politics he proved very able both as an administrator and as a

controversialist; but his record as an office-holder is stained by

the use he made of his position to advance his relatives. His most

notable service in home politics was his reform of the postal system;

but his fame as a statesman rests chiefly on his services in connection

with the relations of the Colonies with Great Britain, and later with

France. In 1757 he was sent to England to protest against the

influence of the Penns in the government of the colony, and for five

years he remained there, striving to enlighten the people and the

ministry of England as to Colonial conditions. On his return to

America he played an honorable part in the Paxton affair, through

which he lost his seat in the Assembly; but in 1764 he was again

despatched to England as agent for the colony, this time to petition

the King to resume the government from the hands of the proprietors.

In London he actively opposed the proposed Stamp Act, but lost the

credit for this and much of his popularity through his securing for

a friend the office of stamp agent in America. Even his effective

work in helping to obtain the repeal of the act left him still a

suspect; but he continued his efforts to present the case for the

Colonies as the troubles thickened toward the crisis of the Revolution.

In 1767 he crossed to France, where he was received with honor; but

before his return home in 1775 he lost his position as postmaster

through his share in divulging to Massachusetts the famous letter of

Hutchinson and Oliver. On his arrival in Philadelphia he was chosen

a member of the Continental Congress and in 1777 he was despatched

to France as commissioner for the United States. Here he remained

till 1785, the favorite of French society; and with such success did

he conduct the affairs of his country that when he finally returned

he received a place only second to that of Washington as the champion

of American independence. He died on April 17, 1790.

The first five chapters of the Autobiography were composed in

England in 1771, continued in 1784-5, and again in 1788, at which

date he brought it down to 1757. After a most extraordinary series

of adventures, the original form of the manuscript was finally printed

by Mr. John Bigelow, and is here reproduced in recognition of its

value as a picture of one of the most notable personalities of Colonial

times, and of its acknowledged rank as one of the great autobiographies

of the world.

BENJAMIN FRANKLIN

HIS AUTOBIOGRAPHY

1706-1757

TWYFORD, at the Bishop of St. Asaph’s,<0> 1771.

<0> The country-seat of Bishop Shipley, the good bishop,

as Dr. Franklin used to style him.–B.

DEAR SON: I have ever had pleasure in obtaining any little

anecdotes of my ancestors. You may remember the inquiries I made

among the remains of my relations when you were with me in England,

and the journey I undertook for that purpose. Imagining it may be

equally agreeable to<1> you to know the circumstances of my life,

many of which you are yet unacquainted with, and expecting the enjoyment

of a week’s uninterrupted leisure in my present country retirement,

I sit down to write them for you. To which I have besides some

other inducements. Having emerged from the poverty and obscurity

in which I was born and bred, to a state of affluence and some

degree of reputation in the world, and having gone so far through

life with a considerable share of felicity, the conducing means

I made use of, which with the blessing of God so well succeeded,

my posterity may like to know, as they may find some of them

suitable to their own situations, and therefore fit to be imitated.

<1> After the words "agreeable to" the words "some of" were

interlined and afterward effaced.–B.

That felicity, when I reflected on it, has induced me sometimes

to say, that were it offered to my choice, I should have no objection

to a repetition of the same life from its beginning, only asking

the advantages authors have in a second edition to correct some faults

of the first. So I might, besides correcting the faults, change some

sinister accidents and events of it for others more favorable.

But though this were denied, I should still accept the offer.

Since such a repetition is not to be expected, the next thing

most like living one’s life over again seems to be a recollection

of that life, and to make that recollection as durable as possible

by putting it down in writing.

Hereby, too, I shall indulge the inclination so natural in old men,

to be talking of themselves and their own past actions; and I shall

indulge it without being tiresome to others, who, through respect

to age, might conceive themselves obliged to give me a hearing,

since this may be read or not as any one pleases. And, lastly (I may

as well confess it, since my denial of it will be believed by nobody),

perhaps I shall a good deal gratify my own vanity. Indeed, I scarce

ever heard or saw the introductory words, "Without vanity I may say,"

&c., but some vain thing immediately followed. Most people dislike

vanity in others, whatever share they have of it themselves;

but I give it fair quarter wherever I meet with it, being persuaded

that it is often productive of good to the possessor, and to others

that are within his sphere of action; and therefore, in many cases,

it would not be altogether absurd if a man were to thank God for his

vanity among the other comforts of life.

And now I speak of thanking God, I desire with all humility

to acknowledge that I owe the mentioned happiness of my past

life to His kind providence, which lead me to the means I used

and gave them success. My belief of this induces me to hope,

though I must not presume, that the same goodness will still be

exercised toward me, in continuing that happiness, or enabling

me to bear a fatal reverse, which I may experience as others

have done: the complexion of my future fortune being known

to Him only in whose power it is to bless to us even our afflictions.

The notes one of my uncles (who had the same kind of curiosity

in collecting family anecdotes) once put into my hands,

furnished me with several particulars relating to our ancestors.

From these notes I learned that the family had lived in the

same village, Ecton, in Northamptonshire, for three hundred years,

and how much longer he knew not (perhaps from the time when the name

of Franklin, that before was the name of an order of people,

was assumed by them as a surname when others took surnames

all over the kingdom), on a freehold of about thirty acres,

aided by the smith’s business, which had continued in the family

till his time, the eldest son being always bred to that business;

a custom which he and my father followed as to their eldest sons.

When I searched the registers at Ecton, I found an account

of their births, marriages and burials from the year 1555 only,

there being no registers kept in that parish at any time preceding.

By that register I perceived that I was the youngest son of the

youngest son for five generations back. My grandfather Thomas,

who was born in 1598, lived at Ecton till he grew too old to

follow business longer, when he went to live with his son John,

a dyer at Banbury, in Oxfordshire, with whom my father served

an apprenticeship. There my grandfather died and lies buried.

We saw his gravestone in 1758. His eldest son Thomas lived in

the house at Ecton, and left it with the land to his only child,

a daughter, who, with her husband, one Fisher, of Wellingborough,

sold it to Mr. Isted, now lord of the manor there. My grandfather

had four sons that grew up, viz.: Thomas, John, Benjamin and Josiah.

I will give you what account I can of them, at this distance from

my papers, and if these are not lost in my absence, you will among

them find many more particulars.

Thomas was bred a smith under his father; but, being ingenious,

and encouraged in learning (as all my brothers were) by an Esquire

Palmer, then the principal gentleman in that parish, he qualified

himself for the business of scrivener; became a considerable man

in the county; was a chief mover of all public-spirited undertakings

for the county or town of Northampton, and his own village,

of which many instances were related of him; and much taken notice

of and patronized by the then Lord Halifax. He died in 17O2,

January 6, old style, just four years to a day before I was born.

The account we received of his life and character from some old

people at Ecton, I remember, struck you as something extraordinary,

from its similarity to what you knew of mine.

"Had he died on the same day," you said, "one might have supposed

a transmigration."

John was bred a dyer, I believe of woolens. Benjamin was bred a silk

dyer, serving an apprenticeship at London. He was an ingenious man.

I remember him well, for when I was a boy he came over to my father

in Boston, and lived in the house with us some years. He lived

to a great age. His grandson, Samuel Franklin, now lives in Boston.

He left behind him two quarto volumes, MS., of his own poetry, consisting

of little occasional pieces addressed to his friends and relations,

of which the following, sent to me, is a specimen.<2> He had formed

a short-hand of his own, which he taught me, but, never practising it,

I have now forgot it. I was named after this uncle, there being

a particular affection between him and my father. He was very pious,

a great attender of sermons of the best preachers, which he took

down in his short-hand, and had with him many volumes of them.

He was also much of a politician; too much, perhaps, for his station.

There fell lately into my hands, in London, a collection he had

made of all the principal pamphlets, relating to public affairs,

from 1641 to 1717; many of the volumes are wanting as appears

by the numbering, but there still remain eight volumes in folio,

and twenty-four in quarto and in octavo. A dealer in old books

met with them, and knowing me by my sometimes buying of him,

he brought them to me. It seems my uncle must have left them here,

when he went to America, which was about fifty years since.

There are many of his notes in the margins.

<2> Here follow in the margin the words, in brackets, "here

insert it," but the poetry is not given. Mr. Sparks

informs us (Life of Franklin, p. 6) that these volumes

had been preserved, and were in possession of Mrs. Emmons,

of Boston, great-granddaughter of their author.

This obscure family of ours was early in the Reformation,

and continued Protestants through the reign of Queen Mary,

when they were sometimes in danger of trouble on account of their

zeal against popery. They had got an English Bible, and to conceal

and secure it, it was fastened open with tapes under and within

the cover of a joint-stool. When my great-great-grandfather read

it to his family, he turned up the joint-stool upon his knees,

turning over the leaves then under the tapes. One of the children

stood at the door to give notice if he saw the apparitor coming,

who was an officer of the spiritual court. In that case the stool

was turned down again upon its feet, when the Bible remained concealed

under it as before. This anecdote I had from my uncle Benjamin.

The family continued all of the Church of England till about the end

of Charles the Second’s reign, when some of the ministers that had been

outed for nonconformity holding conventicles in Northamptonshire,

Benjamin and Josiah adhered to them, and so continued all their lives:

the rest of the family remained with the Episcopal Church.

Josiah, my father, married young, and carried his wife with three

children into New England, about 1682. The conventicles having

been forbidden by law, and frequently disturbed, induced some

considerable men of his acquaintance to remove to that country,

and he was prevailed with to accompany them thither, where they expected

to enjoy their mode of religion with freedom. By the same wife he

had four children more born there, and by a second wife ten more,

in all seventeen; of which I remember thirteen sitting at one time

at his table, who all grew up to be men and women, and married;

I was the youngest son, and the youngest child but two, and was born

in Boston, New England. My mother, the second wife, was Abiah Folger,

daughter of Peter Folger, one of the first settlers of New England,

of whom honorable mention is made by Cotton Mather in his church

history of that country, entitled Magnalia Christi Americana,

as ‘a godly, learned Englishman," if I remember the words rightly.

I have heard that he wrote sundry small occasional pieces,

but only one of them was printed, which I saw now many years since.

It was written in 1675, in the home-spun verse of that time and people,

and addressed to those then concerned in the government there.

It was in favor of liberty of conscience, and in behalf of the Baptists,

Quakers, and other sectaries that had been under persecution,

ascribing the Indian wars, and other distresses that had befallen

the country, to that persecution, as so many judgments of God

to punish so heinous an offense, and exhorting a repeal of those

uncharitable laws. The whole appeared to me as written with a good

deal of decent plainness and manly freedom. The six concluding lines

I remember, though I have forgotten the two first of the stanza;

but the purport of them was, that his censures proceeded from

good-will, and, therefore, he would be known to be the author.

"Because to be a libeller (says he)

I hate it with my heart;

From Sherburne town, where now I dwell

My name I do put here;

Without offense your real friend,

It is Peter Folgier."

My elder brothers were all put apprentices to different trades.

I was put to the grammar-school at eight years of age, my father

intending to devote me, as the tithe of his sons, to the service

of the Church. My early readiness in learning to read (which must

have been very early, as I do not remember when I could not read),

and the opinion of all his friends, that I should certainly make a

good scholar, encouraged him in this purpose of his. My uncle Benjamin,

too, approved of it, and proposed to give me all his short-hand

volumes of sermons, I suppose as a stock to set up with, if I would

learn his character. I continued, however, at the grammar-school

not quite one year, though in that time I had risen gradually

from the middle of the class of that year to be the head of it,

and farther was removed into the next class above it, in order to go

with that into the third at the end of the year. But my father,

in the meantime, from a view of the expense of a college education,

which having so large a family he could not well afford, and the mean

living many so educated were afterwards able to obtain–reasons that

be gave to his friends in my hearing–altered his first intention,

took me from the grammar-school, and sent me to a school for writing

and arithmetic, kept by a then famous man, Mr. George Brownell,

very successful in his profession generally, and that by mild,

encouraging methods. Under him I acquired fair writing pretty soon,

but I failed in the arithmetic, and made no progress in it.

At ten years old I was taken home to assist my father in his business,

which was that of a tallow-chandler and sope-boiler; a business he

was not bred to, but had assumed on his arrival in New England,

and on finding his dying trade would not maintain his family,

being in little request. Accordingly, I was employed in cutting wick

for the candles, filling the dipping mold and the molds for cast candles,

attending the shop, going of errands, etc.

I disliked the trade, and had a strong inclination for the sea,

but my father declared against it; however, living near the water,

I was much in and about it, learnt early to swim well, and to

manage boats; and when in a boat or canoe with other boys, I was

commonly allowed to govern, especially in any case of difficulty;

and upon other occasions I was generally a leader among the boys,

and sometimes led them into scrapes, of which I will mention

one instance, as it shows an early projecting public spirit, tho’

not then justly conducted.

There was a salt-marsh that bounded part of the mill-pond,

on the edge of which, at high water, we used to stand to fish

for minnows. By much trampling, we had made it a mere quagmire.

My proposal was to build a wharff there fit for us to stand upon,

and I showed my comrades a large heap of stones, which were intended

for a new house near the marsh, and which would very well suit

our purpose. Accordingly, in the evening, when the workmen

were gone, I assembled a number of my play-fellows, and working

with them diligently like so many emmets, sometimes two or three

to a stone, we brought them all away and built our little wharff.

The next morning the workmen were surprised at missing the stones,

which were found in our wharff. Inquiry was made after the removers;

we were discovered and complained of; several of us were corrected

by our fathers; and though I pleaded the usefulness of the work,

mine convinced me that nothing was useful which was not honest.

I think you may like to know something of his person and character.

He had an excellent constitution of body, was of middle stature,

but well set, and very strong; he was ingenious, could draw prettily,

was skilled a little in music, and had a clear pleasing voice,

so that when he played psalm tunes on his violin and sung withal,

as he sometimesdid in an evening after the business of the day was over,

it was extremely agreeable to hear. He had a mechanical genius too,

and, on occasion, was very handy in the use of other tradesmen’s tools;

but his great excellence lay in a sound understanding and solid

judgment in prudential matters, both in private and publick affairs.

In the latter, indeed, he was never employed, the numerous

family he had to educate and the straitness of his circumstances

keeping him close to his trade; but I remember well his being

frequently visited by leading people, who consulted him for his

opinion in affairs of the town or of the church he belonged to,

and showed a good deal of respect for his judgment and advice:

he was also much consulted by private persons about their affairs

when any difficulty occurred, and frequently chosen an arbitrator

between contending parties.

At his table he liked to have, as often as he could, some sensible

friend or neighbor to converse with, and always took care to start

some ingenious or useful topic for discourse, which might tend

to improve the minds of his children. By this means he turned

our attention to what was good, just, and prudent in the conduct

of life; and little or no notice was ever taken of what related

to the victuals on the table, whether it was well or ill dressed,

in or out of season, of good or bad flavor, preferable or inferior

to this or that other thing of the kind, so that I was bro’t up

in such a perfect inattention to those matters as to be quite

indifferent what kind of food was set before me, and so unobservant

of it, that to this day if I am asked I can scarce tell a few hours

after dinner what I dined upon. This has been a convenience to me

in travelling, where my companions have been sometimes very unhappy

for want of a suitable gratification of their more delicate,

because better instructed, tastes and appetites.

My mother had likewise an excellent constitution: she suckled

all her ten children. I never knew either my father or mother

to have any sickness but that of which they dy’d, he at 89,

and she at 85 years of age. They lie buried together at Boston,

where I some years since placed a marble over their grave,

with this inscription:

JOSIAH FRANKLIN,

and

ABIAH his Wife,

lie here interred.

They lived lovingly together in wedlock

fifty-five years.

Without an estate, or any gainful employment,

By constant labor and industry,

with God’s blessing,

They maintained a large family

comfortably,

and brought up thirteen children

and seven grandchildren

reputably.

From this instance, reader,

Be encouraged to diligence in thy calling,

And distrust not Providence.

He was a pious and prudent man;

She, a discreet and virtuous woman.

Their youngest son,

In filial regard to their memory,

Places this stone.

J.F. born 1655, died 1744, AEtat 89.

A.F. born 1667, died 1752, —– 95.

By my rambling digressions I perceive myself to be grown old.

I us’d to write more methodically. But one does not dress for private

company as for a publick ball. ‘Tis perhaps only negligence.

To return: I continued thus employed in my father’s business for

two years, that is, till I was twelve years old; and my brother John,

who was bred to that business, having left my father, married, and set

up for himself at Rhode Island, there was all appearance that I

was destined to supply his place, and become a tallow-chandler.

But my dislike to the trade continuing, my father was under

apprehensions that if he did not find one for me more agreeable,

I should break away and get to sea, as his son Josiah had done,

to his great vexation. He therefore sometimes took me to walk with him,

and see joiners, bricklayers, turners, braziers, etc., at their work,

that he might observe my inclination, and endeavor to fix it on some

trade or other on land. It has ever since been a pleasure to me

to see good workmen handle their tools; and it has been useful to me,

having learnt so much by it as to be able to do little jobs myself

in my house when a workman could not readily be got, and to construct

little machines for my experiments, while the intention of making

the experiment was fresh and warm in my mind. My father at last

fixed upon the cutler’s trade, and my uncle Benjamin’s son Samuel,

who was bred to that business in London, being about that time

established in Boston, I was sent to be with him some time on liking.

But his expectations of a fee with me displeasing my father,

I was taken home again.

From a child I was fond of reading, and all the little money

that came into my hands was ever laid out in books. Pleased with

the Pilgrim’s Progress, my first collection was of John Bunyan’s

works in separate little volumes. I afterward sold them to enable

me to buy R. Burton’s Historical Collections; they were small

chapmen’s books, and cheap, 40 or 50 in all. My father’s little

library consisted chiefly of books in polemic divinity, most of

which I read, and have since often regretted that, at a time when I

had such a thirst for knowledge, more proper books had not fallen

in my way since it was now resolved I should not be a clergyman.

Plutarch’s Lives there was in which I read abundantly, and I still

think that time spent to great advantage. There was also a book of De

Foe’s, called an Essay on Projects, and another of Dr. Mather’s,

called Essays to do Good, which perhaps gave me a turn of thinking

that had an influence on some of the principal future events of my life.

This bookish inclination at length determined my father to make me

a printer, though he had already one son (James) of that profession.

In 1717 my brother James returned from England with a press and

letters to set up his business in Boston. I liked it much better

than that of my father, but still had a hankering for the sea.

To prevent the apprehended effect of such an inclination, my father

was impatient to have me bound to my brother. I stood out some time,

but at last was persuaded, and signed the indentures when I was yet

but twelve years old. I was to serve as an apprentice till I was

twenty-one years of age, only I was to be allowed journeyman’s wages

during the last year. In a little time I made great proficiency

in the business, and became a useful hand to my brother. I now

had access to better books. An acquaintance with the apprentices

of booksellers enabled me sometimes to borrow a small one, which I

was careful to return soon and clean. Often I sat up in my room

reading the greatest part of the night, when the book was borrowed

in the evening and to be returned early in the morning, lest it

should be missed or wanted.

And after some time an ingenious tradesman, Mr. Matthew Adams, who had

a pretty collection of books, and who frequented our printing-house,

took notice of me, invited me to his library, and very kindly lent

me such books as I chose to read. I now took a fancy to poetry,

and made some little pieces; my brother, thinking it might turn

to account, encouraged me, and put me on composing occasional ballads.

One was called The Lighthouse Tragedy, and contained an account

of the drowning of Captain Worthilake, with his two daughters:

the other was a sailor’s song, on the taking of Teach (or Blackbeard)

the pirate. They were wretched stuff, in the Grub-street-ballad style;

and when they were printed he sent me about the town to sell them.

The first sold wonderfully, the event being recent, having made

a great noise. This flattered my vanity; but my father discouraged

me by ridiculing my performances, and telling me verse-makers

were generally beggars. So I escaped being a poet, most probably

a very bad one; but as prose writing bad been of great use to me

in the course of my life, and was a principal means of my advancement,

I shall tell you how, in such a situation, I acquired what little

ability I have in that way.

There was another bookish lad in the town, John Collins by name,

with whom I was intimately acquainted. We sometimes disputed,

and very fond we were of argument, and very desirous of confuting

one another, which disputatious turn, by the way, is apt to become

a very bad habit, making people often extremely disagreeable in company

by the contradiction that is necessary to bring it into practice;

and thence, besides souring and spoiling the conversation,

is productive of disgusts and, perhaps enmities where you may have

occasion for friendship. I had caught it by reading my father’s

books of dispute about religion. Persons of good sense, I have

since observed, seldom fall into it, except lawyers, university men,

and men of all sorts that have been bred at Edinborough.

A question was once, somehow or other, started between Collins

and me, of the propriety of educating the female sex in learning,

and their abilities for study. He was of opinion that it was improper,

and that they were naturally unequal to it. I took the contrary side,

perhaps a little for dispute’s sake. He was naturally more eloquent,

had a ready plenty of words; and sometimes, as I thought, bore me

down more by his fluency than by the strength of his reasons.

As we parted without settling the point, and were not to see one

another again for some time, I sat down to put my arguments in writing,

which I copied fair and sent to him. He answered, and I replied.

Three or four letters of a side had passed, when my father happened

to find my papers and read them. Without entering into the discussion,

he took occasion to talk to me about the manner of my writing;

observed that, though I had the advantage of my antagonist in correct

spelling and pointing (which I ow’d to the printing-house), I fell

far short in elegance of expression, in method and in perspicuity,

of which he convinced me by several instances. I saw the justice

of his remark, and thence grew more attentive to the manner in writing,

and determined to endeavor at improvement.

About this time I met with an odd volume of the Spectator.

It was the third. I had never before seen any of them. I bought it,

read it over and over, and was much delighted with it. I thought

the writing excellent, and wished, if possible, to imitate it.

With this view I took some of the papers, and, making short hints

of the sentiment in each sentence, laid them by a few days, and then,

without looking at the book, try’d to compleat the papers again,

by expressing each hinted sentiment at length, and as fully as it

had been expressed before, in any suitable words that should

come to hand. Then I compared my Spectator with the original,

discovered some of my faults, and corrected them. But I found I wanted

a stock of words, or a readiness in recollecting and using them,

which I thought I should have acquired before that time if I

had gone on making verses; since the continual occasion for words

of the same import, but of different length, to suit the measure,

or of different sound for the rhyme, would have laid me under a constant

necessity of searching for variety, and also have tended to fix

that variety in my mind, and make me master of it. Therefore I took

some of the tales and turned them into verse; and, after a time,

when I had pretty well forgotten the prose, turned them back again.

I also sometimes jumbled my collections of hints into confusion,

and after some weeks endeavored to reduce them into the best order,

before I began to form the full sentences and compleat the paper.

This was to teach me method in the arrangement of thoughts.

By comparing my work afterwards with the original, I discovered

many faults and amended them; but I sometimes had the pleasure

of fancying that, in certain particulars of small import,

I had been lucky enough to improve the method or the language,

and this encouraged me to think I might possibly in time come to be

a tolerable English writer, of which I was extremely ambitious.

My time for these exercises and for reading was at night,

after work or before it began in the morning, or on Sundays,

when I contrived to be in the printing-house alone, evading as much

as I could the common attendance on public worship which my father

used to exact on me when I was under his care, and which indeed

I still thought a duty, though I could not, as it seemed to me,

afford time to practise it.

When about 16 years of age I happened to meet with a book,

written by one Tryon, recommending a vegetable diet. I determined

to go into it. My brother, being yet unmarried, did not keep house,

but boarded himself and his apprentices in another family. My refusing

to eat flesh occasioned an inconveniency, and I was frequently chid

for my singularity. I made myself acquainted with Tryon’s manner

of preparing some of his dishes, such as boiling potatoes or rice,

making hasty pudding, and a few others, and then proposed to my brother,

that if he would give me, weekly, half the money he paid for my board,

I would board myself. He instantly agreed to it, and I presently

found that I could save half what he paid me. This was an additional

fund for buying books. But I had another advantage in it.

My brother and the rest going from the printing-house to their meals,

I remained there alone, and, despatching presently my light repast,

which often was no more than a bisket or a slice of bread, a handful

of raisins or a tart from the pastry-cook’s, and a glass of water,

had the rest of the time till their return for study, in which I

made the greater progress, from that greater clearness of head

and quicker apprehension which usually attend temperance in eating

and drinking.

And now it was that, being on some occasion made asham’d of my

ignorance in figures, which I had twice failed in learning when

at school, I took Cocker’s book of Arithmetick, and went through

the whole by myself with great ease. I also read Seller’s and

Shermy’s books of Navigation, and became acquainted with the little

geometry they contain; but never proceeded far in that science.

And I read about this time Locke On Human Understanding,

and the Art of Thinking, by Messrs. du Port Royal.

While I was intent on improving my language, I met with an English

grammar (I think it was Greenwood’s), at the end of which there were

two little sketches of the arts of rhetoric and logic, the latter

finishing with a specimen of a dispute in the Socratic method;

and soon after I procur’d Xenophon’s Memorable Things of Socrates,

wherein there are many instances of the same method. I was

charm’d with it, adopted it, dropt my abrupt contradiction and

positive argumentation, and put on the humble inquirer and doubter.

And being then, from reading Shaftesbury and Collins, become a real

doubter in many points of our religious doctrine, I found this method

safest for myself and very embarrassing to those against whom I used it;

therefore I took a delight in it, practis’d it continually, and grew

very artful and expert in drawing people, even of superior knowledge,

into concessions, the consequences of which they did not foresee,

entangling them in difficulties out of which they could not

extricate themselves, and so obtaining victories that neither myself

nor my cause always deserved. I continu’d this method some few years,

but gradually left it, retaining only the habit of expressing myself

in terms of modest diffidence; never using, when I advanced any thing

that may possibly be disputed, the words certainly, undoubtedly, or any

others that give the air of positiveness to an opinion; but rather say,

I conceive or apprehend a thing to be so and so; it appears to me,

or I should think it so or so, for such and such reasons;

or I imagine it to be so; or it is so, if I am not mistaken.

This habit, I believe, has been of great advantage to me when I

have had occasion to inculcate my opinions, and persuade men into

measures that I have been from time to time engag’d in promoting;

and, as the chief ends of conversation are to inform or to be informed,

to please or to persuade, I wish well-meaning, sensible men would

not lessen their power of doing good by a positive, assuming manner,

that seldom fails to disgust, tends to create opposition, and to

defeat every one of those purposes for which speech was given to us,

to wit, giving or receiving information or pleasure. For, if you

would inform, a positive and dogmatical manner in advancing your

sentiments may provoke contradiction and prevent a candid attention.

If you wish information and improvement from the knowledge of others,

and yet at the same time express yourself as firmly fix’d in your

present opinions, modest, sensible men, who do not love disputation,

will probably leave you undisturbed in the possession of your error.

And by such a manner, you can seldom hope to recommend yourself

in pleasing your hearers, or to persuade those whose concurrence

you desire. Pope says, judiciously:

"Men should be taught as if you taught them not,

And things unknown propos’d as things forgot;"

farther recommending to us

"To speak, tho’ sure, with seeming diffidence."

And he might have coupled with this line that which he has coupled

with another, I think, less properly,

"For want of modesty is want of sense."

If you ask, Why less properly? I must repeat the lines,

"Immodest words admit of no defense,

For want of modesty is want of sense."

Now, is not want of sense (where a man is so unfortunate as to want it)

some apology for his want of modesty? and would not the lines stand

more justly thus?

"Immodest words admit but this defense,

That want of modesty is want of sense."

This, however, I should submit to better judgments.

My brother had, in 1720 or 1721, begun to print a newspaper.

It was the second that appeared in America, and was called the New

England Courant. The only one before it was the Boston News-Letter. I

remember his being dissuaded by some of his friends from the undertaking,

as not likely to succeed, one newspaper being, in their judgment,

enough for America. At this time (1771) there are not less

than five-and-twenty. He went on, however, with the undertaking,

and after having worked in composing the types and printing off

the sheets, I was employed to carry the papers thro’ the streets

to the customers.

He had some ingenious men among his friends, who amus’d themselves

by writing little pieces for this paper, which gain’d it credit

and made it more in demand, and these gentlemen often visited us.

Hearing their conversations, and their accounts of the approbation their

papers were received with, I was excited to try my hand among them;

but, being still a boy, and suspecting that my brother would object

to printing anything of mine in his paper if he knew it to be mine,

I contrived to disguise my hand, and, writing an anonymous paper,

I put it in at night under the door of the printing-house. It was found

in the morning, and communicated to his writing friends when they

call’d in as usual. They read it, commented on it in my hearing, and I

had the exquisite pleasure of finding it met with their approbation,

and that, in their different guesses at the author, none were named

but men of some character among us for learning and ingenuity.

I suppose now that I was rather lucky in my judges, and that perhaps

they were not really so very good ones as I then esteem’d them.

Encourag’d, however, by this, I wrote and convey’d in the same way

to the press several more papers which were equally approv’d; and I

kept my secret till my small fund of sense for such performances was

pretty well exhausted and then I discovered it, when I began to be

considered a little more by my brother’s acquaintance, and in a manner

that did not quite please him, as he thought, probably with reason,

that it tended to make me too vain. And, perhaps, this might be one

occasion of the differences that we began to have about this time.

Though a brother, he considered himself as my master, and me

as his apprentice, and accordingly, expected the same services

from me as he would from another, while I thought he demean’d me

too much in some he requir’d of me, who from a brother expected

more indulgence. Our disputes were often brought before our father,

and I fancy I was either generally in the right, or else a

better pleader, because the judgment was generally in my favor.

But my brother was passionate, and had often beaten me, which I

took extreamly amiss; and, thinking my apprenticeship very tedious,

I was continually wishing for some opportunity of shortening it,

which at length offered in a manner unexpected.<3>

<3> I fancy his harsh and tyrannical treatment of me

might be a means of impressing me with that aversion

to arbitrary power that has stuck to me through my

whole life.

One of the pieces in our newspaper on some political point, which I

have now forgotten, gave offense to the Assembly. He was taken up,

censur’d, and imprison’d for a month, by the speaker’s warrant,

I suppose, because he would not discover his author. I too was taken

up and examin’d before the council; but, tho’ I did not give them

any satisfaction, they content’d themselves with admonishing me,

and dismissed me, considering me, perhaps, as an apprentice, who was

bound to keep his master’s secrets.

During my brother’s confinement, which I resented a good deal,

notwithstanding our private differences, I had the management

of the paper; and I made bold to give our rulers some rubs in it,

which my brother took very kindly, while others began to consider

me in an unfavorable light, as a young genius that had a turn

for libelling and satyr. My brother’s discharge was accompany’d

with an order of the House (a very odd one), that "James Franklin

should no longer print the paper called the New England Courant."

There was a consultation held in our printing-house among

his friends, what he should do in this case. Some proposed to

evade the order by changing the name of the paper; but my brother,

seeing inconveniences in that, it was finally concluded on as a

better way, to let it be printed for the future under the name

of BENJAMIN FRANKLIN; and to avoid the censure of the Assembly,

that might fall on him as still printing it by his apprentice,

the contrivance was that my old indenture should be return’d to me,

with a full discharge on the back of it, to be shown on occasion,

but to secure to him the benefit of my service, I was to sign new

indentures for the remainder of the term, which were to be kept private.

A very flimsy scheme it was; however, it was immediately executed,

and the paper went on accordingly, under my name for several months.

At length, a fresh difference arising between my brother and me,

I took upon me to assert my freedom, presuming that he would not

venture to produce the new indentures. It was not fair in me to

take this advantage, and this I therefore reckon one of the first

errata of my life; but the unfairness of it weighed little with me,

when under the impressions of resentment for the blows his passion

too often urged him to bestow upon me, though he was otherwise

not an ill-natur’d man: perhaps I was too saucy and provoking.

When he found I would leave him, he took care to prevent my getting

employment in any other printing-house of the town, by going round

and speaking to every master, who accordingly refus’d to give me work.

I then thought of going to New York, as the nearest place where

there was a printer; and I was rather inclin’d to leave Boston

when I reflected that I had already made myself a little obnoxious

to the governing party, and, from the arbitrary proceedings of the

Assembly in my brother’s case, it was likely I might, if I stay’d,

soon bring myself into scrapes; and farther, that my indiscrete

disputations about religion began to make me pointed at with horror

by good people as an infidel or atheist. I determin’d on the point,

but my father now siding with my brother, I was sensible that,

if I attempted to go openly, means would be used to prevent me.

My friend Collins, therefore, undertook to manage a little for me.

He agreed with the captain of a New York sloop for my passage,

under the notion of my being a young acquaintance of his, that had

got a naughty girl with child, whose friends would compel me to

marry her, and therefore I could not appear or come away publicly.

So I sold some of my books to raise a little money, was taken on

board privately, and as we had a fair wind, in three days I found

myself in New York, near 300 miles from home, a boy of but 17,

without the least recommendation to, or knowledge of any person in

the place, and with very little money in my pocket.

My inclinations for the sea were by this time worne out, or I

might now have gratify’d them. But, having a trade, and supposing

myself a pretty good workman, I offer’d my service to the printer

in the place, old Mr. William Bradford, who had been the first

printer in Pennsylvania, but removed from thence upon the quarrel

of George Keith. He could give me no employment, having little to do,

and help enough already; but says he, "My son at Philadelphia

has lately lost his principal hand, Aquila Rose, by death;

if you go thither, I believe he may employ you." Philadelphia was

a hundred miles further; I set out, however, in a boat for Amboy,

leaving my chest and things to follow me round by sea.

In crossing the bay, we met with a squall that tore our rotten sails

to pieces, prevented our getting into the Kill and drove us upon

Long Island. In our way, a drunken Dutchman, who was a passenger too,

fell overboard; when he was sinking, I reached through the water

to his shock pate, and drew him up, so that we got him in again.

His ducking sobered him a little, and he went to sleep, taking first

out of his pocket a book, which he desir’d I would dry for him.

It proved to be my old favorite author, Bunyan’s Pilgrim’s Progress,

in Dutch, finely printed on good paper, with copper cuts, a dress better

than I had ever seen it wear in its own language. I have since found

that it has been translated into most of the languages of Europe,

and suppose it has been more generally read than any other book,

except perhaps the Bible. Honest John was the first that I know

of who mix’d narration and dialogue; a method of writing very engaging

to the reader, who in the most interesting parts finds himself,

as it were, brought into the company and present at the discourse.

De Foe in his Cruso, his Moll Flanders, Religious Courtship,

Family Instructor, and other pieces, has imitated it with success;

and Richardson has done the same, in his Pamela, etc.

When we drew near the island, we found it was at a place where there

could be no landing, there being a great surff on the stony beach.

So we dropt anchor, and swung round towards the shore. Some people

came down to the water edge and hallow’d to us, as we did to them;

but the wind was so high, and the surff so loud, that we could

not hear so as to understand each other. There were canoes on

the shore, and we made signs, and hallow’d that they should fetch us;

but they either did not understand us, or thought it impracticable,

so they went away, and night coming on, we had no remedy but to wait

till the wind should abate; and, in the meantime, the boatman and I

concluded to sleep, if we could; and so crowded into the scuttle,

with the Dutchman, who was still wet, and the spray beating over

the head of our boat, leak’d thro’ to us, so that we were soon

almost as wet as he. In this manner we lay all night, with very

little rest; but, the wind abating the next day, we made a shift

to reach Amboy before night, having been thirty hours on the water,

without victuals, or any drink but a bottle of filthy rum,

and the water we sail’d on being salt.

In the evening I found myself very feverish, and went in to bed;

but, having read somewhere that cold water drank plentifully was good

for a fever, I follow’d the prescription, sweat plentiful most of

the night, my fever left me, and in the morning, crossing the ferry,

I proceeded on my journey on foot, having fifty miles to Burlington,

where I was told I should find boats that would carry me the rest

of the way to Philadelphia.

It rained very hard all the day; I was thoroughly soak’d, and by noon

a good deal tired; so I stopt at a poor inn, where I staid all night,

beginning now to wish that I had never left home. I cut so miserable

a figure, too, that I found, by the questions ask’d me, I was

suspected to be some runaway servant, and in danger of being taken

up on that suspicion. However, I proceeded the next day, and got

in the evening to an inn, within eight or ten miles of Burlington,

kept by one Dr. Brown. He entered into conversation with me while I

took some refreshment, and, finding I had read a little, became very

sociable and friendly. Our acquaintance continu’d as long as he

liv’d. He had been, I imagine, an itinerant doctor, for there was no

town in England, or country in Europe, of which he could not give

a very particular account. He had some letters, and was ingenious,

but much of an unbeliever, and wickedly undertook, some years after,

to travestie the Bible in doggrel verse, as Cotton had done Virgil.

By this means he set many of the facts in a very ridiculous light,

and might have hurt weak minds if his work had been published;

but it never was.

At his house I lay that night, and the next morning reach’d Burlington,

but had the mortification to find that the regular boats were gone

a little before my coming, and no other expected to go before Tuesday,

this being Saturday; wherefore I returned to an old woman in the town,

of whom I had bought gingerbread to eat on the water, and ask’d

her advice. She invited me to lodge at her house till a passage

by water should offer; and being tired with my foot travelling,

I accepted the invitation. She understanding I was a printer,

would have had me stay at that town and follow my business,

being ignorant of the stock necessary to begin with. She was

very hospitable, gave me a dinner of ox-cheek with great good will,

accepting only a pot of ale in return; and I thought myself

fixed till Tuesday should come. However, walking in the evening

by the side of the river, a boat came by, which I found was going

towards Philadelphia, with several people in her. They took me in,

and, as there was no wind, we row’d all the way; and about midnight,

not having yet seen the city, some of the company were confident

we must have passed it, and would row no farther; the others knew

not where we were; so we put toward the shore, got into a creek,

landed near an old fence, with the rails of which we made a fire,

the night being cold, in October, and there we remained till daylight.

Then one of the company knew the place to be Cooper’s Creek, a little

above Philadelphia, which we saw as soon as we got out of the creek,

and arriv’d there about eight or nine o’clock on the Sunday morning,

and landed at the Market-street wharf.

I have been the more particular in this description of my journey,

and shall be so of my first entry into that city, that you may

in your mind compare such unlikely beginnings with the figure

I have since made there. I was in my working dress, my best

cloaths being to come round by sea. I was dirty from my journey;

my pockets were stuff’d out with shirts and stockings, and I

knew no soul nor where to look for lodging. I was fatigued

with travelling, rowing, and want of rest, I was very hungry;

and my whole stock of cash consisted of a Dutch dollar, and about

a shilling in copper. The latter I gave the people of the boat

for my passage, who at first refus’d it, on account of my rowing;

but I insisted on their taking it. A man being sometimes more

generous when he has but a little money than when he has plenty,

perhaps thro’ fear of being thought to have but little.

Then I walked up the street, gazing about till near the market-house

I met a boy with bread. I had made many a meal on bread, and,

inquiring where he got it, I went immediately to the baker’s

he directed me to, in Secondstreet, and ask’d for bisket,

intending such as we had in Boston; but they, it seems, were not

made in Philadelphia. Then I asked for a three-penny loaf,

and was told they had none such. So not considering or knowing

the difference of money, and the greater cheapness nor the names

of his bread, I made him give me three-penny worth of any sort.

He gave me, accordingly, three great puffy rolls. I was surpriz’d

at the quantity, but took it, and, having no room in my pockets,

walk’d off with a roll under each arm, and eating the other. Thus I

went up Market-street as far as Fourth-street, passing by the door

of Mr. Read, my future wife’s father; when she, standing at the door,

saw me, and thought I made, as I certainly did, a most awkward,

ridiculous appearance. Then I turned and went down Chestnut-street and

part of Walnut-street, eating my roll all the way, and, corning round,

found myself again at Market-street wharf, near the boat I came in,

to which I went for a draught of the river water; and, being filled

with one of my rolls, gave the other two to a woman and her child that

came down the river in the boat with us, and were waiting to go farther.

Thus refreshed, I walked again up the street, which by this time had

many clean-dressed people in it, who were all walking the same way.

I joined them, and thereby was led into the great meeting-house of

the Quakers near the market. I sat down among them, and, after looking

round awhile and hearing nothing said, being very drowsy thro’

labor and want of rest the preceding night, I fell fast asleep,

and continued so till the meeting broke up, when one was kind

enough to rouse me. This was, therefore, the first house I was in,

or slept in, in Philadelphia.

Walking down again toward the river, and, looking in the faces

of people, I met a young Quaker man, whose countenance I lik’d, and,

accosting him, requested he would tell me where a stranger could

get lodging. We were then near the sign of the Three Mariners.

"Here," says he, "is one place that entertains strangers, but it

is not a reputable house; if thee wilt walk with me, I’ll show thee

a better." He brought me to the Crooked Billet in Water-street. Here

I got a dinner; and, while I was eating it, several sly questions were

asked me, as it seemed to be suspected from my youth and appearance,

that I might be some runaway.

After dinner, my sleepiness return’d, and being shown to a bed,

I lay down without undressing, and slept till six in the evening,

was call’d to supper, went to bed again very early, and slept

soundly till next morning. Then I made myself as tidy as I could,

and went to Andrew Bradford the printer’s. I found in the shop

the old man his father, whom I had seen at New York, and who,

travelling on horseback, had got to Philadelphia before me.

He introduc’d me to his son, who receiv’d me civilly, gave me

a breakfast, but told me he did not at present want a hand,

being lately suppli’d with one; but there was another printer

in town, lately set up, one Keimer, who, perhaps, might employ me;

if not, I should be welcome to lodge at his house, and he would

give me a little work to do now and then till fuller business

should offer.

The old gentleman said he would go with me to the new printer;

and when we found him, "Neighbor," says Bradford, "I have brought

to see you a young man of your business; perhaps you may want such

a one." He ask’d me a few questions, put a composing stick in my

hand to see how I work’d, and then said he would employ me soon,

though he had just then nothing for me to do; and, taking old Bradford,

whom he had never seen before, to be one of the town’s people that

had a good will for him, enter’d into a conversation on his present

undertaking and projects; while Bradford, not discovering that he

was the other printer’s father, on Keimer’s saying he expected

soon to get the greatest part of the business into his own hands,

drew him on by artful questions, and starting little doubts,

to explain all his views, what interests he reli’d on, and in what

manner he intended to proceed. I, who stood by and heard all,

saw immediately that one of them was a crafty old sophister,

and the other a mere novice. Bradford left me with Keimer, who was

greatly surpris’d when I told him who the old man was.

Keimer’s printing-house, I found, consisted of an old shatter’d press,

and one small, worn-out font of English which he was then using himself,

composing an Elegy on Aquila Rose, before mentioned, an ingenious

young man, of excellent character, much respected in the town,

clerk of the Assembly, and a pretty poet. Keimer made verses too,

but very indifferently. He could not be said to write them, for his

manner was to compose them in the types directly out of his head.

So there being no copy, but one pair of cases, and the Elegy

likely to require all the letter, no one could help him.

I endeavor’d to put his press (which he had not yet us’d, and of

which he understood nothing) into order fit to be work’d with;

and, promising to come and print off his Elegy as soon as he

should have got it ready, I return’d to Bradford’s, who gave me

a little job to do for the present, and there I lodged and dieted,

A few days after, Keimer sent for me to print off the Elegy.

And now he had got another pair of cases, and a pamphlet to reprint,

on which he set me to work.

These two printers I found poorly qualified for their business.

Bradford had not been bred to it, and was very illiterate;

and Keimer, tho’ something of a scholar, was a mere compositor,

knowing nothing of presswork. He had been one of the French prophets,

and could act their enthusiastic agitations. At this time he did

not profess any particular religion, but something of all on occasion;

was very ignorant of the world, and had, as I afterward found,

a good deal of the knave in his composition. He did not like my

lodging at Bradford’s while I work’d with him. He had a house,

indeed, but without furniture, so he could not lodge me; but he got

me a lodging at Mr. Read’s, before mentioned, who was the owner

of his house; and, my chest and clothes being come by this time,

I made rather a more respectable a

In Future ?…

Salı, 06 Kasım 2007

In Future ?…

Cable tv is now being used only for tv channels. In future cable tv will grow up and be a great communication system about most of the things.

“Firstly we have to develop our system and make technique problems less. We are trying to add 26 more channels and we are trying to solute the electricity problem. Our aim is to spend more money to reach more people with better technology. We are planning to let people to choose what they want to watch. If we deal with tv companies every user will be able to watch what they want any time. Decoder problem has a solution too, if we deal with channels about this problem too, everybody will be able to watch every channel without a decoder. Finally, our greatest project includes all communication systems, we are planning to control telephones, internet, financial problems, shopping, video games, education, thief alarms, fire alarms and also electricity. Yes we do not have a system for doing these things but we have lots of engineers and they are working for this projects”.

However now it is on air in only some cities, cable tv coordinators have great projects for the future to be able in all cities and do more.

- 4 -

Uncollected Prose

Salı, 06 Kasım 2007

UNCOLLECTED PROSE

by Ralph Waldo Emerson

_The Lord’s Supper_

_The Editors to the Reader_

_Thoughts on Modern Literature_

_Two Years before the Mast._ A Personal Narrative of Life at

Sea.

_Social Destiny of Man: or Association and Reorganization of

Industry._

_Michael Angelo, considered as a Philosophic Poet, with

Translations._

_Essays and Poems_. By JONES VERY.

_Walter Savage Landor_

_Transcendentalism_

_The Senses and the Soul_

_Prayers_

_Fourierism and the Socialists_

_Chardon Street and Bible Conventions_

_Agriculture of Massachusetts_

_The Zincali: or an Account of the Gypsies of Spain.

_Ancient Spanish Ballads, Historical and Romantic.

_Tecumseh; a Poem_. By GEORGE H. COLTON.

_Intelligence_

_Harvard University_.

_English Reformers_

_Poems_. By ALFRED TENNYSON.

_A Letter to Rev. Wm. E. Channing, D. D._ By O. A. BROWNSON

_Europe and European Books_

_The Bible in Spain, or the Journeys, Adventures, and

Imprisonments of an Englishman in an attempt to circulate the

Scriptures in the Peninsula_.

_Past and Present_ By Thomas Carlyle.

_Antislavery Poems._ By JOHN PIERPONT. Boston: Oliver Johnson. 1843.

_Sonnets and other Poems._ By WILLIAM LLOYD GARRISON.

_America — an Ode; and other Poems._ By N. W. COFFIN.

_Poems by_ WILLIAM ELLERY CHANNING.

_A Letter_

_The Huguenots in France and America_

_The Spanish Student. A Play in Three Acts_. By H. W. Longfellow.

_The Dream of a Day, and other Poems_. By JAMES G. PERCIVAL.

_The Tragic_

——————————————

_The Lord’s Supper_

The Kingdom of God is not meat and drink, but righteousness,

and peace, and joy in the Holy Ghost. — ROMANS XIV. 17.

In the history of the Church no subject has been more fruitful

of controversy than the Lord’s Supper. There never has been any

unanimity in the understanding of its nature, nor any uniformity in

the mode of celebrating it. Without considering the frivolous

questions which have been lately debated as to the posture in which

men should partake of it; whether mixed or unmixed wine should be

served; whether leavened or unleavened bread should be broken; the

questions have been settled differently in every church, who should

be admitted to the feast, and how often it should be prepared. In

the Catholic Church, infants were at one time permitted and then

forbidden to partake; and, since the ninth century, the laity receive

the bread only, the cup being reserved to the priesthood. So, as to

the time of the solemnity. In the fourth Lateran Council, it was

decreed that any believer should communicate at least once in a year

– at Easter. Afterwards it was determined that this Sacrament

should be received three times in the year — at Easter, Whitsuntide,

and Christmas. But more important controversies have arisen

respecting its nature. The famous question of the Real Presence was

the main controversy between the Church of England and the Church of

Rome. The doctrine of the Consubstantiation taught by Luther was

denied by Calvin. In the Church of England, Archbishops Laud and

Wake maintained that the elements were an Eucharist or sacrifice of

Thanksgiving to God; Cudworth and Warburton, that this was not a

sacrifice, but a sacrificial feast; and Bishop Hoadley, that it was

neither a sacrifice nor a feast after sacrifice, but a simple

commemoration. And finally, it is now near two hundred years since

the Society of Quakers denied the authority of the rite altogether,

and gave good reasons for disusing it.

I allude to these facts only to show that, so far from the

supper being a tradition in which men are fully agreed, there always

been the widest room for difference of opinion upon this particular.

Having recently given particular attention to this subject, I

was led to the conclusion that Jesus did not intend to establish an

institution for perpetual observance when he ate the Passover with

his disciples; and, further, to the opinion, that it is not expedient

to celebrate it as we do. I shall now endeavor to state distinctly

my reasons for these two opinions.

I. The authority of the rite.

An account of the last supper of Christ with his disciples is

given by the four Evangelists, Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John.

In St. Matthew’s Gospel (Matt. XXVI. 26-30) are recorded the

words of Jesus in giving bread and wine on that occasion to his

disciples, but no expression occurs intimating that this feast was

hereafter to be commemorated.

In St. Mark (Mark XIV. 23) the same words are recorded, and

still with no intimation that the occasion was to be remembered.

St. Luke (Luke XXII. 15), after relating the breaking of the

bread, has these words: This do in remembrance of me.

In St. John, although other occurrences of the same evening are

related, this whole transaction is passed over without notice.

Now observe the facts. Two of the Evangelists, namely, Matthew

and John, were of the twelve disciples, and were present on that

occasion. Neither of them drops the slightest intimation of any

intention on the part of Jesus to set up anything permanent. John,

especially, the beloved disciple, who has recorded with minuteness

the conversation and the transactions of that memorable evening, has

quite omitted such a notice. Neither does it appear to have come to

the knowledge of Mark who, though not an eye-witness, relates the

other facts. This material fact, that the occasion was to be

remembered, is found in Luke alone, who was not present. There is no

reason, however, that we know, for rejecting the account of Luke. I

doubt not, the expression was used by Jesus. I shall presently

consider its meaning. I have only brought these accounts together,

that you may judge whether it is likely that a solemn institution, to

be continued to the end of time by all mankind, as they should come,

nation after nation, within the influence of the Christian religion,

would have been established in this slight manner — in a manner so

slight, that the intention of commemorating it should not appear,

from their narrative, to have caught the ear or dwelt in the mind of

the only two among the twelve who wrote down what happened.

Still we must suppose that the expression, _"This do in

remembrance of me,"_ had come to the ear of Luke from some disciple

who was present. What did it really signify? It is a prophetic and

an affectionate expression. Jesus is a Jew, sitting with his

countrymen, celebrating their national feast. He thinks of his own

impending death, and wishes the minds of his disciples to be prepared

for it. "When hereafter," he says to them, "you shall keep the

Passover, it will have an altered aspect to your eyes. It is now a

historical covenant of God with the Jewish nation. Hereafter, it

will remind you of a new covenant sealed with my blood. In years to

come, as long as your people shall come up to Jerusalem to keep this

feast, the connection which has subsisted between us will give a new

meaning in your eyes to the national festival, as the anniversary of

my death." I see natural feeling and beauty in the use of such

language from Jesus, a friend to his friends; I can readily imagine

that he was willing and desirous, when his disciples met, his memory

should hallow their intercourse; but I cannot bring myself to believe

that in the use of such an expression he looked beyond the living

generation, beyond the abolition of the festival he was celebrating,

and the scattering of the nation, and meant to impose a memorial

feast upon the whole world.

Without presuming to fix precisely the purpose in the mind of

Jesus, you will see that many opinions may be entertained of his

intention, all consistent with the opinion that he did not design a

perpetual ordinance. He may have foreseen that his disciples would

meet to remember him, and that with good effect. It may have crossed

his mind that this would be easily continued a hundred or a thousand

years — as men more easily transmit a form than a virtue — and yet

have been altogether out of his purpose to fasten it upon men in all

times and all countries.

But though the words, _Do this in remembrance of me_, do occur

in Matthew, Mark, or John, and although it should be granted us that,

taken alone, they do not necessarily import so much as is usually

thought, yet many persons are apt to imagine that the very striking

and personal manner in which this eating and drinking is described,

indicates a striking and formal purpose to found a festival. And I

admit that this impression might probably be left upon the mind of

one who read only the passages under consideration in the New

Testament. But this impression is removed by reading any narrative

of the mode in which the ancient or the modern Jews have kept the

Passover. It is then perceived that the leading circumstances in the

Gospels are only a faithful account of that ceremony. Jesus did not

celebrate the Passover, and afterwards the Supper, but the Supper

_was_ the Passover. He did with his disciples exactly what every

master of a family in Jerusalem was doing at the same hour with his

household. It appears that the Jews ate the lamb and the unleavened

bread, and drank wine after a prescribed manner. It was the custom

for the master of the feast to break the bread and to bless it, using

this formula, which the Talmudists have preserved to us, "Blessed be

Thou, O Lord our God, the King of the world, who hast produced this

food from the earth," — and to give it to every one at the table.

It was the custom of the master of the family to take the cup which

contained the wine, and to bless it, saying, "Blessed be Thou, O

Lord, who givest us the fruit of the vine," — and then to give the

cup to all. Among the modern Jews who in their dispersion retain the

Passover, a hymn is also sung after this ceremony, specifying the

twelve great works done by God for the deliverance of their fathers

out of Egypt.

But still it may be asked, why did Jesus make expressions so

extraordinary and emphatic as these — "This is my body which is

broken for you. Take; eat. This is my blood which is shed for you.

Drink it." — I reply they are not extraordinary expressions from

him. They were familiar in his mouth. He always taught by parables

and symbols. It was the national way of teaching and was largely

used by him. Remember the readiness which he always showed to

spiritualize every occurrence. He stooped and wrote on the sand. He

admonished his disciples respecting the leaven of the Pharisees. He

instructed the woman of Samaria respecting living water. He

permitted himself to be anointed, declaring that it was for his

interment. He washed the feet of his disciples. These are admitted

to be symbolical actions and expressions. Here, in like manner, he

calls the bread his body, and bids the disciples eat. He had used

the same expression repeatedly before. The reason why St. John does

not repeat his words on this occasion, seems to be that he had

reported a similar discourse of Jesus to the people of Capernaum more

at length already (John VI. 27). He there tells the Jews, "Except

ye eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink His blood, ye have no

life in you." And when the Jews on that occasion complained that they

did not comprehend what he meant, he added for their better

understanding, and as if for our understanding, that we might not

think his body was to be actually eaten, that he only meant, _we

should live by his commandment_. He closed his discourse with these

explanatory expressions: "The flesh profiteth nothing; the _words_

that I speak to you, they are spirit and they are life."

Whilst I am upon this topic, I cannot help remarking that it is

not a little singular that we should have preserved this rite and

insisted upon perpetuating one symbolical act of Christ whilst we

have totally neglected all others — particularly one other which had

at least an equal claim to our observance. Jesus washed the feet of

his disciples and told them that, as he had washed their feet, they

ought to wash one another’s feet; for he had given them an example,

that they should do as he had done to them. I ask any person who

believes the Supper to have been designed by Jesus to be commemorated

forever, to go and read the account of it in the other Gospels, and

then compare with it the account of this transaction in St. John, and

tell me if this be not much more explicitly authorized than the

Supper. It only differs in this, that we have found the Supper used

in New England and the washing of the feet not. But if we had found

it an established rite in our churches, on grounds of mere authority,

it would have been impossible to have argued against it. That rite

is used by the Church of Rome, and by the Sandemanians. It has been

very properly dropped by other Christians. Why? For two reasons:

(1) because it was a local custom, and unsuitable in western

countries; and (2) because it was typical, and all understand that

humility is the thing signified. But the Passover was local too, and

does not concern us, and its bread and wine were typical, and do not

help us to understand the redemption which they signified.

These views of the original account of the Lord’s Supper lead

me to esteem it an occasion full of solemn and prophetic interest,

but never intended by Jesus to be the foundation of a perpetual

institution.

It appears however in Christian history that the disciples had

very early taken advantage of these impressive words of Christ to

hold religious meetings, where they broke bread and drank wine as

symbols.

I look upon this fact as very natural in the circumstances of

the church. The disciples lived together; they threw all their

property into a common stock; they were bound together by the memory

of Christ, and nothing could be more natural than that this eventful

evening should be affectionately remembered by them; that they, Jews

like Jesus, should adopt his expressions and his types, and

furthermore, that what was done with peculiar propriety by them, his

personal friends, with less propriety should come to be extended to

their companions also. In this way religious feasts grew up among

the early Christians. They were readily adopted by the Jewish

converts who were familiar with religious feasts, and also by the

Pagan converts whose idolatrous worship had been made up of sacred

festivals, and who very readily abused these to gross riot, as

appears from the censures of St. Paul. Many persons consider this

fact, the observance of such a memorial feast by the early disciples,

decisive of the question whether it ought to be observed by us. For

my part I see nothing to wonder at in its originating with them; all

that is surprising is that it should exist among us. There was good

reason for his personal friends to remember their friend and repeat

his words. It was only too probable that among the half converted

Pagans and Jews, any rite, any form, would find favor, whilst yet

unable to comprehend the spiritual character of Christianity.

The circumstance, however, that St. Paul adopts these views,

has seemed to many persons conclusive in favor of the institution. I

am of opinion that it is wholly upon the epistle to the Corinthians,

and not upon the Gospels, that the ordinance stands. Upon this

matter of St. Paul’s view of the Supper, a few important

considerations must be stated.

The end which he has in view, in the eleventh chapter of the

first epistle is, not to enjoin upon his friends to observe the

Supper, but to censure their abuse of it. _We_ quote the passage

now-a-days as if it enjoined attendance upon the Supper; but he wrote

it merely to chide them for drunkenness. To make their enormity

plainer he goes back to the origin of this religious feast to show

what sort of feast that was, out of which this riot of theirs came,

and so relates the transactions of the Last Supper. _"I have

received of the Lord,"_ he says, _"that which I delivered to you."_

By this expression it is often thought that a miraculous

communication is implied; but certainly without good reason, if it is

remembered that St. Paul was living in the lifetime of all the

apostles who could give him an account of the transaction; and it is

contrary to all reason to suppose that God should work a miracle to

convey information that could so easily be got by natural means. So

that the import of the expression is that he had received the story

of an eye-witness such as we also possess.

But there is a material circumstance which diminishes our

confidence in the correctness of the Apostle’s view; and that is, the

observation that his mind had not escaped the prevalent error of the

primitive church, the belief, namely, that the second coming of

Christ would shortly occur, until which time, he tells them, this

feast was to be kept. Elsewhere he tells them, that, at that time

the world would be burnt up with fire, and a new government

established, in which the Saints would sit on thrones; so slow were

the disciples during the life, and after the ascension of Christ, to

receive the idea which we receive, that his second coming was a

spiritual kingdom, the dominion of his religion in the hearts of men,

to be extended gradually over the whole world.

In this manner we may see clearly enough how this ancient

ordinance got its footing among the early Christians, and this single

expectation of a speedy reappearance of a temporal Messiah, which

kept its influence even over so spiritual a man as St. Paul, would

naturally tend to preserve the use of the rite when once established.

We arrive then at this conclusion, _first_, that it does not

appear, from a careful examination of the account of the Last Supper

in the Evangelists, that it was designed by Jesus to be perpetual;

_secondly_, that it does not appear that the opinion of St. Paul, all

things considered, ought to alter our opinion derived from the

evangelists.

One general remark before quitting this branch of the subject.

We ought to be cautious in taking even the best ascertained opinions

and practices of the primitive church, for our own. If it could be

satisfactorily shown that they esteemed it authorized and to be

transmitted forever, that does not settle the question for us. We

know how inveterately they were attached to their Jewish prejudices,

and how often even the influence of Christ failed to enlarge their

views. On every other subject succeeding times have learned to form

a judgment more in accordance with the spirit of Christianity than

was the practice of the early ages.

But it is said: "Admit that the rite was not designed to be

perpetual. What harm doth it? Here it stands, generally accepted,

under some form, by the Christian world, the undoubted occasion of

much good; is it not better it should remain?"

II. This is the question of expediency.

I proceed to state a few objections that in my judgment lie

against its use in its present form.

1. If the view which I have taken of the history of the

institution be correct, then the claim of authority should be dropped

in administering it. You say, every time you celebrate the rite,

that Jesus enjoined it; and the whole language you use conveys that

impression. But if you read the New Testament as I do, you do not

believe he did.

2. It has seemed to me that the use of this ordinance tends to

produce confusion in our views of the relation of the soul to God.

It is the old objection to the doctrine of the Trinity, — that the

true worship was transferred from God to Christ, or that such

confusion was introduced into the soul, that an undivided worship was

given nowhere. Is not that the effect of the Lord’s Supper? I

appeal now to the convictions of communicants — and ask such persons

whether they have not been occasionally conscious of a painful

confusion of thought between the worship due to God and the

commemoration due to Christ. For, the service does not stand upon

the basis of a voluntary act, but is imposed by authority. It is an

expression of gratitude to Christ, enjoined by Christ. There is an

endeavor to keep Jesus in mind, whilst yet the prayers are addressed

to God. I fear it is the effect of this ordinance to clothe Jesus

with an authority which he never claimed and which distracts the mind

of the worshipper. I know our opinions differ much respecting the

nature and offices of Christ, and the degree of veneration to which

he is entitled. I am so much a Unitarian as this: that I believe the

human mind cannot admit but one God, and that every effort to pay

religious homage to more than one being, goes to take away all right

ideas. I appeal, brethren, to your individual experience. In the

moment when you make the least petition to God, though it be but a

silent wish that he may approve you, or add one moment to your life,

– do you not, in the very act, necessarily exclude all other beings

from your thought? In that act, the soul stands alone with God, and

Jesus is no more present to the mind than your brother or your child.

But is not Jesus called in Scripture the Mediator? He is the

mediator in that only sense in which possibly any being can mediate

between God and man — that is an Instructor of man. He teaches us

how to become like God. And a true disciple of Jesus will receive

the light he gives most thankfully; but the thanks he offers, and

which an exalted being will accept, are not _compliments_ –

commemorations, — but the use of that instruction.

3. Passing other objections, I come to this, that the _use of

the elements_, however suitable to the people and the modes of

thought in the East, where it originated, is foreign and unsuited to

affect us. Whatever long usage and strong association may have done

in some individuals to deaden this repulsion, I apprehend that their

use is rather tolerated than loved by any of us. We are not

accustomed to express our thoughts or emotions by symbolical actions.

Most men find the bread and wine no aid to devotion and to some, it

is a painful impediment. To eat bread is one thing; to love the

precepts of Christ and resolve to obey them is quite another.

The statement of this objection leads me to say that I think

this difficulty, wherever it is felt, to be entitled to the greatest

weight. It is alone a sufficient objection to the ordinance. It is

my own objection. This mode of commemorating Christ is not suitable

to me. That is reason enough why I should abandon it. If I believed

that it was enjoined by Jesus on his disciples, and that he even

contemplated making permanent this mode of commemoration, every way

agreeable to an eastern mind, and yet, on trial, it was disagreeable

to my own feelings, I should not adopt it. I should choose other

ways which, as more effectual upon me, he would approve more. For I

choose that my remembrances of him should be pleasing, affecting,

religious. I will love him as a glorified friend, after the free way

of friendship, and not pay him a stiff sign of respect, as men do to

those whom they fear. A passage read from his discourses, a moving

provocation to works like his, any act or meeting which tends to

awaken a pure thought, a flow of love, an original design of virtue,

I call a worthy, a true commemoration.

4. Fourthly, the importance ascribed to this particular

ordinance is not consistent with the spirit of Christianity. The

general object and effect of this ordinance is unexceptionable. It

has been, and is, I doubt not, the occasion of indefinite good; but

an importance is given by Christians to it which never can belong to

any form. My friends, the apostle well assures us that "the kingdom

of God is not meat and drink, but righteousness and peace and joy, in

the Holy Ghost." I am not so foolish as to declaim against forms.

Forms are as essential as bodies; but to exalt particular forms, to

adhere to one form a moment after it is out-grown, is unreasonable,

and it is alien to the spirit of Christ. If I understand the

distinction of Christianity, the reason why it is to be preferred

over all other systems and is divine is this, that it is a moral

system; that it presents men with truths which are their own reason,

and enjoins practices that are their own justification; that if

miracles may be said to have been its evidence to the first

Christians, they are not its evidence to us, but the doctrines

themselves; that every practice is Christian which praises itself,

and every practice unchristian which condemns itself. I am not

engaged to Christianity by decent forms, or saving ordinances; it is

not usage, it is not what I do not understand, that binds me to it –

let these be the sandy foundations of falsehoods. What I revere and

obey in it is its reality, its boundless charity, its deep interior

life, the rest it gives to my mind, the echo it returns to my

thoughts, the perfect accord it makes with my reason through all its

representation of God and His Providence; and the persuasion and

courage that come out thence to lead me upward and onward. Freedom

is the essence of this faith. It has for its object simply to make

men good and wise. Its institutions, then, should be as flexible as

the wants of men. That form out of which the life and suitableness

have departed, should be as worthless in its eyes as the dead leaves

that are falling around us.

And therefore, although for the satisfaction of others, I have

labored to show by the history that this rite was not intended to be

perpetual; although I have gone back to weigh the expressions of

Paul, I feel that here is the true point of view. In the midst of

considerations as to what Paul thought, and why he so thought, I

cannot help feeling that it is time misspent to argue to or from his

convictions, or those of Luke and John, respecting any form. I seem

to lose the substance in seeking the shadow. That for which Paul

lived and died so gloriously; that for which Jesus gave himself to be

crucified; the end that animated the thousand martyrs and heroes who

have followed his steps, was to redeem us from a formal religion, and

teach us to seek our well-being in the formation of the soul. The

whole world was full of idols and ordinances. The Jewish was a

religion of forms. The Pagan was a religion of forms; it was all

body — it had no life — and the Almighty God was pleased to qualify

and send forth a man to teach men that they must serve him with the

heart; that only that life was religious which was thoroughly good;

that sacrifice was smoke, and forms were shadows. This man lived and

died true to this purpose; and now, with his blessed word and life

before us, Christians must contend that it is a matter of vital

importance — really a duty, to commemorate him by a certain form,

whether that form be agreeable to their understandings or not.

Is not this to make vain the gift of God? Is not this to turn

back the hand on the dial? Is not this to make men — to make

ourselves — forget that not forms, but duties; not names, but

righteousness and love are enjoined; and that in the eye of God there

is no other measure of the value of any one form than the measure of

its use?

There remain some practical objections to the ordinance into

which I shall not now enter. There is one on which I had intended to

say a few words; I mean the unfavorable relation in which it places

that numerous class of persons who abstain from it merely from

disinclination to the rite.

Influenced by these considerations, I have proposed to the

brethren of the Church to drop the use of the elements and the claim

of authority in the administration of this ordinance, and have

suggested a mode in which a meeting for the same purpose might be

held free of objection.

My brethren have considered my views with patience and candor,

and have recommended unanimously an adherence to the present form. I

have, therefore, been compelled to consider whether it becomes me to

administer it. I am clearly of opinion I ought not. This discourse

has already been so far extended, that I can only say that the reason

of my determination is shortly this: — It is my desire, in the

office of a Christian minister, to do nothing which I cannot do with

my whole heart. Having said this, I have said all. I have no

hostility to this institution; I am only stating my want of sympathy

with it. Neither should I ever have obtruded this opinion upon other

people, had I not been called by my office to administer it. That is

the end of my opposition, that I am not interested in it. I am

content that it stand to the end of the world, if it please men and

please heaven, and I shall rejoice in all the good it produces.

As it is the prevailing opinion and feeling in our religious

community, that it is an indispensable part of the pastoral office to

administer this ordinance, I am about to resign into your hands that

office which you have confided to me. It has many duties for which I

am feebly qualified. It has some which it will always be my delight

to discharge, according to my ability, wherever I exist. And whilst

the recollection of its claims oppresses me with a sense of my

unworthiness, I am consoled by the hope that no time and no change

can deprive me of the satisfaction of pursuing and exercising its

highest functions.

September 9, 1832.

ESSAYS FROM "THE DIAL"

_The Editors to the Reader_

We invite the attention of our countrymen to a new design.

Probably not quite unexpected or unannounced will our Journal appear,

though small pains have been taken to secure its welcome. Those, who

have immediately acted in editing the present Number, cannot accuse

themselves of any unbecoming forwardness in their undertaking, but

rather of a backwardness, when they remember how often in many

private circles the work was projected, how eagerly desired, and only

postponed because no individual volunteered to combine and

concentrate the free-will offerings of many cooperators. With some

reluctance the present conductors of this work have yielded

themselves to the wishes of their friends, finding something sacred

and not to be withstood in the importunity which urged the production

of a Journal in a new spirit.

As they have not proposed themselves to the work, neither can

they lay any the least claim to an option or determination of the

spirit in which it is conceived, or to what is peculiar in the

design. In that respect, they have obeyed, though with great joy,

the strong current of thought and feeling, which, for a few years

past, has led many sincere persons in New England to make new demands

on literature, and to reprobate that rigor of our conventions of

religion and education which is turning us to stone, which renounces

hope, which looks only backward, which asks only such a future as the

past, which suspects improvement, and holds nothing so much in horror

as new views and the dreams of youth.

With these terrors the conductors of the present Journal have

nothing to do, — not even so much as a word of reproach to waste.

They know that there is a portion of the youth and of the adult

population of this country, who have not shared them; who have in

secret or in public paid their vows to truth and freedom; who love

reality too well to care for names, and who live by a Faith too

earnest and profound to suffer them to doubt the eternity of its

object, or to shake themselves free from its authority. Under the

fictions and customs which occupied others, these have explored the

Necessary, the Plain, the True, the Human, — and so gained a vantage

ground, which commands the history of the past and the present.

No one can converse much with different classes of society in

New England, without remarking the progress of a revolution. Those

who share in it have no external organization, no badge, no creed, no

name. They do not vote, or print, or even meet together. They do

not know each other’s faces or names. They are united only in a

common love of truth, and love of its work. They are of all

conditions and constitutions. Of these acolytes, if some are happily

born and well bred, many are no doubt ill dressed, ill placed, ill

made — with as many scars of hereditary vice as other men. Without

pomp, without trumpet, in lonely and obscure places, in solitude, in

servitude, in compunctions and privations, trudging beside the team

in the dusty road, or drudging a hireling in other men’s cornfields,

schoolmasters, who teach a few children rudiments for a pittance,

ministers of small parishes of the obscurer sects, lone women in

dependent condition, matrons and young maidens, rich and poor,

beautiful and hard-favored, without concert or proclamation of any

kind, they have silently given in their several adherence to a new

hope, and in all companies do signify a greater trust in the nature

and resources of man, than the laws or the popular opinions will well

allow.

This spirit of the time is felt by every individual with some

difference, — to each one casting its light upon the objects nearest

to his temper and habits of thought; — to one, coming in the shape

of special reforms in the state; to another, in modifications of the

various callings of men, and the customs of business; to a third,

opening a new scope for literature and art; to a fourth, in

philosophical insight; to a fifth, in the vast solitudes of prayer.

It is in every form a protest against usage, and a search for

principles. In all its movements, it is peaceable, and in the very

lowest marked with a triumphant success. Of course, it rouses the

opposition of all which it judges and condemns, but it is too

confident in its tone to comprehend an objection, and so builds no

outworks for possible defence against contingent enemies. It has the

step of Fate, and goes on existing like an oak or a river, because it

must.

In literature, this influence appears not yet in new books so

much as in the higher tone of criticism. The antidote to all

narrowness is the comparison of the record with nature, which at once

shames the record and stimulates to new attempts. Whilst we look at

this, we wonder how any book has been thought worthy to be preserved.

There is somewhat in all life untranslatable into language. He who

keeps his eye on that will write better than others, and think less

of his writing, and of all writing. Every thought has a certain

imprisoning as well as uplifting quality, and, in proportion to its

energy on the will, refuses to become an object of intellectual

contemplation. Thus what is great usually slips through our fingers,

and it seems wonderful how a lifelike word ever comes to be written.

If our Journal share the impulses of the time, it cannot now

prescribe its own course. It cannot foretell in orderly propositions

what it shall attempt. All criticism should be poetic;

unpredictable; superseding, as every new thought does, all foregone

thoughts, and making a new light on the whole world. Its brow is not

wrinkled with circumspection, but serene, cheerful, adoring. It has

all things to say, and no less than all the world for its final

audience.

Our plan embraces much more than criticism; were it not so, our

criticism would be naught. Everything noble is directed on life, and

this is. We do not wish to say pretty or curious things, or to

reiterate a few propositions in varied forms, but, if we can, to give

expression to that spirit which lifts men to a higher platform,

restores to them the religious sentiment, brings them worthy aims and

pure pleasures, purges the inward eye, makes life less desultory,

and, through raising man to the level of nature, takes away its

melancholy from the landscape, and reconciles the practical with the

speculative powers.

But perhaps we are telling our little story too gravely. There

are always great arguments at hand for a true action, even for the

writing of a few pages. There is nothing but seems near it and

prompts it, — the sphere in the ecliptic, the sap in the apple tree,

– every fact, every appearance seem to persuade to it.

Our means correspond with the ends we have indicated. As we

wish not to multiply books, but to report life, our resources are

therefore not so much the pens of practised writers, as the discourse

of the living, and the portfolios which friendship has opened to us.

From the beautiful recesses of private thought; from the experience

and hope of spirits which are withdrawing from all old forms, and

seeking in all that is new somewhat to meet their inappeasable

longings; from the secret confession of genius afraid to trust itself

to aught but sympathy; from the conversation of fervid and mystical

pietists; from tear-stained diaries of sorrow and passion; from the

manuscripts of young poets; and from the records of youthful taste

commenting on old works of art; we hope to draw thoughts and

feelings, which being alive can impart life.

And so with diligent hands and good intent we set down our Dial

on the earth. We wish it may resemble that instrument in its

celebrated happiness, that of measuring no hours but those of

sunshine. Let it be one cheerful rational voice amidst the din of

mourners and polemics. Or to abide by our chosen image, let it be

such a Dial, not as the dead face of a clock, hardly even such as the

Gnomon in a garden, but rather such a Dial as is the Garden itself,

in whose leaves and flowers and fruits the suddenly awakened sleeper

is instantly apprised not what part of dead time, but what state of

life and growth is now arrived and arriving.

_Thoughts on Modern Literature_

There is no better illustration of the laws by which the world

is governed than Literature. There is no luck in it. It proceeds by

Fate. Every scripture is given by the inspiration of God. Every

composition proceeds out of a greater or less depth of thought, and

this is the measure of its effect. The highest class of books are

those which express the moral element; the next, works of

imagination; and the next, works of science; — all dealing in

realities, — what ought to be, what is, and what appears. These, in

proportion to the truth and beauty they involve, remain; the rest

perish. They proceed out of the silent living mind to be heard again

by the living mind. Of the best books it is hardest to write the

history. Those books which are for all time are written

indifferently at any time. For high genius is a day without night, a

Caspian Ocean which hath no tides. And yet is literature in some

sort a creature of time. Always the oracular soul is the source of

thought, but always the occasion is administered by the low

mediations of circumstance. Religion, Love, Ambition, War, some

fierce antagonism, or it may be, some petty annoyance must break the

round of perfect circulation, or no spark, no joy, no event can be.

The poet rambling through the fields or the forest, absorbed in

contemplation to that degree, that his walk is but a pretty dream,

would never awake to precise thought, if the scream of an eagle, the

cries of a crow or curlew near his head did not break the sweet

continuity. Nay the finest lyrics of the poet come of this unequal

parentage; the imps of matter beget such child on the soul, fair

daughter of God. Nature mixes facts with thoughts to yield a poem.

But the gift of immortality is of the mother’s side. In the spirit

in which they are written is the date of their duration, and never in

the magnitude of the facts. Everything lasts in proportion to its

beauty. In proportion as it was not polluted by any wilfulness of

the writer, but flowed from his mind after the divine order of cause

and effect, it was not his but nature’s, and shared the sublimity of

the sea and sky. That which is truly told, nature herself takes in

charge against the whims and injustice of men. For ages, Herodotus

was reckoned a credulous gossip in his descriptions of Africa, and

now the sublime silent desert testifies through the mouths of Bruce,

Lyons, Caillaud, Burckhardt, Belzoni, to the truth of the calumniated

historian.

And yet men imagine that books are dice, and have no merit in

their fortune; that the trade and the favor of a few critics can get

one book into circulation, and defeat another; and that in the

production of these things the author has chosen and may choose to do

thus and so. Society also wishes to assign subjects and methods to

its writers. But neither reader nor author may intermeddle. You

cannot reason at will in this and that other vein, but only as you

must. You cannot make quaint combinations, and bring to the crucible

and alembic of truth things far fetched or fantastic or popular, but

your method and your subject are foreordained in all your nature, and

in all nature, or ever the earth was, or it has no worth. All that

gives currency still to any book, advertised in the morning’s

newspaper in London or Boston, is the remains of faith in the breast

of men that not adroit book makers, but the inextinguishable soul of

the universe reports of itself in articulate discourse to-day as of

old. The ancients strongly expressed their sense of the

unmanageableness of these words of the spirit by saying, that the God

made his priest insane, took him hither and thither as leaves are

whirled by the tempest. But we sing as we are bid. Our inspirations

are very manageable and tame. Death and sin have whispered in the

ear of the wild horse of Heaven, and he has become a dray and a hack.

And step by step with the entrance of this era of ease and

convenience, the belief in the proper Inspiration of man has

departed.

Literary accomplishments, skill in grammar and rhetoric,

knowledge of books, can never atone for the want of things which

demand voice. Literature is a poor trick when it busies itself to

make words pass for things. The most original book in the world is

the Bible. This old collection of the ejaculations of love and

dread, of the supreme desires and contritions of men proceeding out

of the region of the grand and eternal, by whatsoever different

mouths spoken, and through a wide extent of times and countries,

seems, especially if you add to our canon the kindred sacred writings

of the Hindoos, Persians, and Greeks, the alphabet of the nations, –

and all posterior literature either the chronicle of facts under very

inferior ideas, or, when it rises to sentiment, the combinations,

analogies, or degradations of this. The elevation of this book may

be measured by observing, how certainly all elevation of thought

clothes itself in the words and forms of speech of that book. For

the human mind is not now sufficiently erect to judge and correct

that scripture. Whatever is majestically thought in a great moral

element, instantly approaches this old Sanscrit. It is in the nature

of things that the highest originality must be moral. The only

person, who can be entirely independent of this fountain of

literature and equal to it, must be a prophet in his own proper

person. Shakspeare, the first literary genius of the world, the

highest in whom the moral is not the predominating element, leans on

the Bible: his poetry supposes it. If we examine this brilliant

influence — Shakspeare — as it lies in our minds, we shall find it

reverent not only of the letter of this book, but of the whole frame

of society which stood in Europe upon it, deeply indebted to the

traditional morality, in short, compared with the tone of the

Prophets, _secondary_. On the other hand, the Prophets do not imply

the existence of Shakspeare or Homer, — advert to no books or arts,

only to dread ideas and emotions. People imagine that the place,

which the Bible holds in the world, it owes to miracles. It owes it

simply to the fact that it came out of a profounder depth of thought

than any other book, and the effect must be precisely proportionate.

Gibbon fancied that it was combinations of circumstances that gave

Christianity its place in history. But in nature it takes an ounce

to balance an ounce.

All just criticism will not only behold in literature the

action of necessary laws, but must also oversee literature itself.

The erect mind disparages all books. What are books? it saith: they

can have no permanent value. How obviously initial they are to their

authors. The books of the nations, the universal books, are long ago

forgotten by those who wrote them, and one day we shall forget this

primer learning. Literature is made up of a few ideas and a few

fables. It is a heap of nouns and verbs enclosing an intuition or

two. We must learn to judge books by absolute standards. When we

are aroused to a life in ourselves, these traditional splendors of

letters grow very pale and cold. Men seem to forget that all

literature is ephemeral, and unwillingly entertain the supposition of

its utter disappearance. They deem not only letters in general, but

the best books in particular, parts of a preestablished harmony,

fatal, unalterable, and do not go behind Virgil and Dante, much less

behind Moses, Ezekiel, and St. John. But no man can be a good critic

of any book, who does not read it in a wisdom which transcends the

instructions of any book, and treats the whole extant product of the

human intellect as only one age revisable and reversible by him.

In our fidelity to the higher truth, we need not disown our

debt in our actual state of culture, in the twilights of experience

to these rude helpers. They keep alive the memory and the hope of a

better day. When we flout all particular books as initial merely, we

truly express the privilege of spiritual nature; but, alas, not the

fact and fortune of this low Massachusetts and Boston, of these

humble Junes and Decembers of mortal life. Our souls are not

self-fed, but do eat and drink of chemical water and wheat. Let us

not forget the genial miraculous force we have known to proceed from

a book. We go musing into the vault of day and night; no

constellation shines, no muse descends, the stars are white points,

the roses brick-colored leaves, and frogs pipe, mice cheep, and

wagons creak along the road. We return to the house and take up

Plutarch or Augustine, and read a few sentences or pages, and lo! the

air swarms with life; the front of heaven is full of fiery shapes;

secrets of magnanimity and grandeur invite us on every hand; life is

made up of them. Such is our debt to a book. Observe, moreover,

that we ought to credit literature with much more than the bare word

it gives us. I have just been reading poems which now in my memory

shine with a certain steady, warm, autumnal light. That is not in

their grammatical construction which they give me. If I analyze the

sentences, it eludes me, but is the genius and suggestion of the

whole. Over every true poem lingers a certain wild beauty,

immeasurable; a happiness lightsome and delicious fills the heart and

brain, — as they say, every man walks environed by his proper

atmosphere, extending to some distance around him. This beautiful

result must be credited to literature also in casting its account.

In looking at the library of the Present Age we are first

struck with the fact of the immense miscellany. It can hardly be

characterized by any species of book, for every opinion old and new,

every hope and fear, every whim and folly has an organ. It prints a

vast carcass of tradition every year, with as much solemnity as a new

revelation. Along with these it vents books that breathe of new

morning, that seem to heave with the life of millions, books for

which men and women peak and pine; books which take the rose out of

the cheek of him that wrote them, and give him to the midnight a sad,

solitary, diseased man; which leave no man where they found him, but

make him better or worse; and which work dubiously on society, and

seem to inoculate it with a venom before any healthy result appears.

In order to any complete view of the literature of the present

age, an inquiry should include what it quotes, what it writes, and

what it wishes to write. In our present attempt to enumerate some

traits of the recent literature, we shall have somewhat to offer on

each of these topics, but we cannot promise to set in very exact

order what we have to say.

In the first place, it has all books. It reprints the wisdom

of the world. How can the age be a bad one, which gives me Plato and

Paul and Plutarch, St. Augustine, Spinoza, Chapman, Beaumont and

Fletcher, Donne and Sir Thomas Browne, beside its own riches? Our

presses groan every year with new editions of all the select pieces

of the first of mankind, — meditations, history, classifications,

opinions, epics, lyrics, which the age adopts by quoting them. If we

should designate favorite studies in which the age delights more than

in the rest of this great mass of the permanent literature of the

human race, one or two instances would be conspicuous. First; the

prodigious growth and influence of the genius of Shakspeare, in the

last one hundred and fifty years, is itself a fact of the first

importance. It almost alone has called out the genius of the German

nation into an activity, which spreading from the poetic into the

scientific, religious, and philosophical domains, has made theirs now

at last the paramount intellectual influence of the world, reacting

with great energy on England and America. And thus, and not by

mechanical diffusion, does an original genius work and spread

himself. Society becomes an immense Shakspeare. Not otherwise could

the poet be admired, nay, not even seen; — not until his living,

conversing, and writing had diffused his spirit into the young and

acquiring class, so that he had multiplied himself into a thousand

sons, a thousand Shakspeares, and so understands himself.

Secondly; the history of freedom it studies with eagerness in

civil, in religious, in philosophic history. It has explored every

monument of Anglo-Saxon history and law, and mainly every scrap of

printed or written paper remaining from the period of the English

Commonwealth. It has, out of England, devoted much thought and pains

to the history of philosophy. It has groped in all nations where was

any literature for the early poetry not only the dramatic, but the

rudest lyric; for songs and ballads, the Nibelungen Lied, the poems

of Hans Sachs and Henry of Alckmaer in Germany, for the Cid in Spain,

for the rough-cast verse of the interior nations of Europe, and in

Britain for the ballads of Scotland and of Robinhood.

In its own books also, our age celebrates its wants,

achievements, and hopes. A wide superficial cultivation, often a

mere clearing and whitewashing, indicate the new taste in the

hitherto neglected savage, whether of the cities or the fields, to

know the arts and share the spiritual efforts of the refined. The

time is marked by the multitude of writers. Soldiers, sailors,

servants, nobles, princes, women, write books. The progress of trade

and the facilities for locomotion have made the world nomadic again.

Of course it is well informed. All facts are exposed. The age is

not to be trifled with: it wishes to know who is who, and what is

what. Let there be no ghost stories more. Send Humboldt and

Bonpland to explore Mexico, Guiana, and the Cordilleras. Let Captain

Parry learn if there be a northwest passage to America, and Mr.

Lander learn the true course of the Niger. Puckler Muskau will go to

Algiers, and Sir Francis Head to the Pampas, to the Brunnens of

Nassau, and to Canada. Then let us have charts true and Gazeteers

correct. We will know where Babylon stood, and settle the topography

of the Roman Forum. We will know whatever is to be known of

Australasia, of Japan, of Persia, of Egypt, of Timbuctoo, of

Palestine.

Thus Christendom has become a great reading-room; and its books

have the convenient merits of the newspaper, its eminent propriety,

and its superficial exactness of information. The age is well bred,

knows the world, has no nonsense, and herein is well distinguished

from the learned ages that preceded ours. That there is no fool like

your learned fool, is a proverb plentifully illustrated in the

history and writings of the English and European scholars for the

half millenium that preceded the beginning of the eighteenth century.

The best heads of their time build or occupy such card-house theories

of religion, politics, and natural science, as a clever boy would now

blow away. What stuff in Kepler, in Cardan, in Lord Bacon.

Montaigne, with all his French wit and downright sense, is little

better: a sophomore would wind him round his finger. Some of the

Medical Remains of Lord Bacon in the book for his own use, "Of the

Prolongation of Life," will move a smile in the unpoetical

practitioner of the Medical College. They remind us of the drugs and

practice of the leeches and enchanters of Eastern romance. Thus we

find in his whimsical collection of astringents:

"A stomacher of scarlet cloth; whelps or young healthy boys

applied to the stomach; hippocratic wines, so they be made of austere

materials.

"8. To remember masticatories for the mouth.

"9. And orange flower water to be smelled or snuffed up.

"10. In the third hour after the sun is risen to take in air

from some high and open place with a ventilation of _rosae moschatae_

and fresh violets, and to stir the earth with infusion of wine and

mint.

"17. To use once during supper time wine in which gold is

quenched.

"26. Heroic desires.

"28. To provide always an apt breakfast.

"29. To do nothing against a man’s genius."

To the substance of some of these specifics we have no

objection. We think we should get no better at the Medical College

to-day: and of all astringents we should reckon the best, "heroic

desires," and "doing nothing against one’s genius." Yet the principle

of modern classification is different. In the same place, it is

curious to find a good deal of pretty nonsense concerning the virtues

of the ashes of a hedgehog, the heart of an ape, the moss that

groweth upon the skull of a dead man unburied, and the comfort that

proceeds to the system from wearing beads of amber, coral, and

hartshorn; — or from rings of sea horse teeth worn for cramp; — to

find all these masses of moonshine side by side with the gravest and

most valuable observations.

The good Sir Thomas Browne recommends as empirical cures for

the gout:

"To wear shoes made of a lion’s skin.

"Try transplantation: Give poultices taken from the part to

dogs.

"Try the magnified amulet of Muffetus, of spiders’ legs worn in

a deer’s skin, or of tortoises’ legs cut off from the living tortoise

and wrapped up in the skin of a kid."

Burton’s Anatomy of Melancholy is an encyclopaedia of authors

and of opinions, where one who should forage for exploded theories

might easily load his panniers. In daemonology, for example; "The

air," he says, "is not so full of flies in summer as it is at all

times of invisible devils. They counterfeit suns and moons, and sit

on ships’ masts. They cause whirlwinds on a sudden and tempestuous

storms, which though our meteorologists generally refer to natural

causes, yet I am of Bodine’s mind, they are more often caused by

those aerial devils in their several quarters. Cardan gives much

information concerning them. His father had one of them, an aerial

devil, bound to him for eight and twenty years; as Aggrippa’s dog had

a devil tied to his collar. Some think that Paracelsus had one

confined in his sword pommel. Others wear them in rings. At Hammel

in Saxony, the devil in the likeness of a pied piper carried away 130

children that were never after seen."

All this sky-full of cobwebs is now forever swept clean away.

Another race is born. Humboldt and Herschel, Davy and Arago, Malthus

and Bentham have arrived. If Robert Burton should be quoted to

represent the army of scholars, who have furnished a contribution to

his moody pages, Horace Walpole, whose letters circulate in the

libraries, might be taken with some fitness to represent the spirit

of much recent literature. He has taste, common sense, love of

facts, impatience of humbug, love of history, love of splendor, love

of justice, and the sentiment of honor among gentlemen; but no life

whatever of the higher faculties, no faith, no hope, no aspiration,

no question touching the secret of nature.

The favorable side of this research and love of facts is the

bold and systematic criticism, which has appeared in every department

of literature. From Wolf’s attack upon the authenticity of the

Homeric Poems, dates a new epoch in learning. Ancient history has

been found to be not yet settled. It is to be subjected to common

sense. It is to be cross examined. It is to be seen, whether its

traditions will consist not with universal belief, but with universal

experience. Niebuhr has sifted Roman history by the like methods.

Heeren has made good essays towards ascertaining the necessary facts

in the Grecian, Persian, Assyrian, Egyptian, Ethiopic, Carthaginian

nations. English history has been analyzed by Turner, Hallam,

Brodie, Lingard, Palgrave. Goethe has gone the circuit of human

knowledge, as Lord Bacon did before him, writing True or False on

every article. Bentham has attempted the same scrutiny in reference

to Civil Law. Pestalozzi out of a deep love undertook the reform of

education. The ambition of Coleridge in England embraced the whole

problem of philosophy; to find, that is, a foundation in thought for

everything that existed in fact. The German philosophers, Schelling,

Kant, Fichte, have applied their analysis to nature and thought with

an antique boldness. There can be no honest inquiry, which is not

better than acquiescence. Inquiries, which once looked grave and

vital no doubt, change their appearance very fast, and come to look

frivolous beside the later queries to which they gave occasion.

This skeptical activity, at first directed on circumstances and

historical views deemed of great importance, soon penetrated deeper

than Rome or Egypt, than history or institutions, or the vocabulary

of metaphysics, namely, into the thinker himself, and into every

1849

Salı, 06 Kasım 2007

1849

REPRESENTATIVE MEN

by Ralph Waldo Emerson

USES OF GREAT MEN

IT IS NATURAL to believe in great men. If the companions of our

childhood should turn out to be heroes, and their condition regal it

would not surprise us. All mythology opens with demigods, and the

circumstance is high and poetic; that is, their genius is paramount.

In the legends of the Gautama, the first men ate the earth and found

it deliciously sweet.

Nature seems to exist for the excellent. The world is upheld by

the veracity of good men: they make the earth wholesome. They who

lived with them found life glad and nutritious. Life is sweet and

tolerable only in our belief in such society; and, actually or

ideally, we manage to live with superiors. We call our children and

our lands by their names. Their names are wrought into the verbs of

language, their works and effigies are in our houses, and every

circumstance of the day recalls an anecdote of them.

The search after the great man is the dream of youth and the most

serious occupation of manhood. We travel into foreign parts to find

his works,- if possible, to get a glimpse of him. But we are put off

with fortune instead. You say, the English are practical; the

Germans are hospitable; in Valencia the climate is delicious; and in

the hills of the Sacramento there is gold for the gathering. Yes,

but I do not travel to find comfortable, rich and hospitable people,

or clear sky, or ingots that cost too much. But if there were any

magnet that would point to the countries and houses where are the

persons who are intrinsically rich and powerful, I would sell all

and buy it, and put myself on the road today.

The race goes with us on their credit. The knowledge that in the

city is a man who invented the railroad, raises the credit of all

the citizens. But enormous populations, if they be beggars, are

disgusting, like moving cheese, like hills of ants or of fleas,- the

more, the worse.

Our religion is the love and cherishing of these patrons. The gods

of fable are the shining moments of great men. We run all our

vessels into one mould. Our colossal theologies of Judaism, Christism,

Buddhism, Mahometism, are the necessary and structural action of the

human mind. The student of history is like a man going into a

warehouse to buy cloths or carpets. He fancies he has a new article.

If he go to the factory, he shall find that his new stuff still

repeats the scrolls and rosettes which are found on the interior walls

of the pyramids of Thebes. Our theism is the purification of the human

mind. Man can paint, or make, or think, nothing but man. He believes

that the great material elements had their origin from his thought.

And our philosophy finds one essence collected or distributed.

If now we proceed to inquire into the kinds of service we derive

from others, let us be warned of the danger of modern studies, and

begin low enough. We must not contend against love, or deny the

substantial existence of other people. I know not what would happen to

us. We have social strengths. Our affection toward others creates a

sort of vantage or purchase which nothing will supply. I can do that

by another which I cannot do alone. I can say to you what I cannot

first say to myself. Other men are lenses through which we read our

own minds. Each man seeks those of different quality from his own, and

such as are good of their kind; that is, he seeks other men, and the

otherest. The stronger the nature, the more it is reactive. Let us

have the quality pure. A little genius let us leave alone. A main

difference betwixt men is, whether they attend their own affair or

not. Man is that noble endogenous plant which grows, like the palm,

from within outward. His own affair, though impossible to others, he

can open with celerity and in sport. It is easy to sugar to be sweet

and to nitre to be salt. We take a great deal of pains to waylay and

entrap that which of itself will fall into our hands. I count him a

great man who inhabits a higher sphere of thought, into which other

men rise with labor and difficulty; he has but to open his eyes to see

things in a true light and in large relations, whilst they must make

painful corrections and keep a vigilant eye on many sources of

error. His service to us is of like sort. It costs a beautiful

person no exertion to paint her image on our eyes; yet how splendid is

that benefit! It costs no more for a wise soul to convey his quality

to other men. And every one can do his best thing easiest. "Peu de

moyens, beaucoup d’effet." He is great who is what he is from

nature, and who never reminds us of others.

But he must be related to us, and our life receive from him some

promise of explanation. I cannot tell what I would know; but I have

observed there are persons who, in their character and actions, answer

questions which I have not skill to put. One man answers some question

which none of his contemporaries put, and is isolated. The past and

passing religions and philosophies answer some other questions.

Certain men affect us as rich possibilities, but helpless to

themselves and to their times,- the sport perhaps of some instinct

that rules in the air;- they do not speak to our want. But the great

are near; we know them at sight. They satisfy expectation and fall

into place. What is good is effective, generative; makes for itself

room, food and allies. A sound apple produces seed,- a hybrid does

not. Is a man in his place, he is constructive, fertile, magnetic,

inundating armies with his purpose, which is thus executed. The

river makes its own shores, and each legitimate idea makes its own

channels and welcome,- harvests for food, institutions for expression,

weapons to fight with and disciples to explain it. The true artist has

the planet for his pedestal; the adventurer, after years of strife,

has nothing broader than his own shoes.

Our common discourse respects two kinds of use or service from

superior men. Direct giving is agreeable to the early belief of men;

direct giving of material or metaphysical aid, as of health, eternal

youth, fine senses, arts of healing, magical power and prophecy. The

boy believes there is a teacher who can sell him wisdom. Churches

believe in imputed merit. But, in strictness, we are not much

cognizant of direct serving. Man is endogenous, and education is his

unfolding. The aid we have from others is mechanical compared with the

discoveries of nature in us. What is thus learned is delightful in the

doing, and the effect remains. Right ethics are central and go from

the soul outward. Gift is contrary to the law of the universe. Serving

others is serving us. I must absolve me to myself. "Mind thy

affair," says the spirit:- "coxcomb, would you meddle with the

skies, or with other people?" Indirect service is left. Men have a

pictorial or representative quality, and serve us in the intellect.

Behmen* and Swedenborg saw that things were representative. Men are

also representative; first, of things, and secondly, of ideas.

As plants convert the minerals into food for animals, so each man

converts some raw material in nature to human use. The inventors of

fire, electricity, magnetism, iron, lead, glass, linen, silk,

cotton; the makers of tools; the inventor of decimal notation; the

geometer; the engineer; the musician,- severally make an easy way

for all, through unknown and impossible confusions. Each man is by

secret liking connected with some district of nature, whose agent

and interpreter he is; as Linnaeus, of plants; Huber, of bees;

Fries, of lichens; Van Mons, of pears; Dalton, of atomic forms;

Euclid, of lines; Newton, of fluxions.

A man is a centre for nature, running out threads of relation

through every thing, fluid and solid, material and elemental. The

earth rolls; every clod and stone comes to the meridian: so every

organ, function, acid, crystal, grain of dust, has its relation to the

brain. It waits long, but its turn comes. Each plant has its parasite,

and each created thing its lover and poet. Justice has already been

done to steam, to iron, to wood, to coal, to loadstone, to iodine,

to corn and cotton; but how few materials are yet used by our arts The

mass of creatures and of qualities are still hid and expectant. It

would seem as if each waited, like the enchanted princess in fairy

tales, for a destined human deliverer. Each must be disenchanted and

walk forth to the day in human shape. In the history of discovery, the

ripe and latent truth seems to have fashioned a brain for itself. A

magnet must be made man in some Gilbert*(2), or Swedenborg, or

Oerstad, before the general mind can come to entertain its powers.

If we limit ourselves to the first advantages, a sober grace adheres

to the mineral and botanic kingdoms, which, in the highest moments,

comes up as the charm of nature,- the glitter of the spar, the

sureness of affinity, the veracity of angles. Light and darkness, heat

and cold, hunger and food, sweet and sour, solid, liquid and gas,

circle us round in a wreath of pleasures, and, by their agreeable

quarrel, beguile the day of life. The eye repeats every day the

first eulogy on things,- "He saw that they were good." We know where

to find them; and these performers are relished all the more, after

a little experience of the pretending races. We are entitled also to

higher advantages. Something is wanting to science until it has been

humanized. The table of logarithms is one thing, and its vital play in

botany, music, optics and architecture, another. There are

advancements to numbers, anatomy, architecture, astronomy, little

suspected at first, when, by union with intellect and will, they

ascend into the life and reappear in conversation, character and

politics.

But this comes later. We speak now only of our acquaintance with

them in their own sphere and the way in which they seem to fascinate

and draw to them some genius who occupies himself with one thing,

all his life long. The possibility of interpretation lies in the

identity of the observer with the observed. Each material thing has

its celestial side; has its translation, through humanity, into the

spiritual and necessary sphere where it plays a part as indestructible

as any other. And to these, their ends, all things continually ascend.

The gases gather to the solid firmament: the chemic lump arrives at

the plant, and grows; arrives at the quadruped, and walks; arrives

at the man, and thinks. But also the constituency determines the

vote of the representative. He is not only representative, but

participant. Like can only be known by like. The reason why he knows

about them is that he is of them; he has just come out of nature, or

from being a part of that thing. Animated chlorine knows of

chlorine, and incarnate zinc, of zinc. Their quality makes his career;

and he can variously publish their virtues, because they compose

him. Man, made of the dust of the world, does not forget his origin;

and all that is yet inanimate will one day speak and reason.

Unpublished nature will have its whole secret told. Shall we say

that quartz mountains will pulverize into innumerable Werners, Von

Buchs and Beaumonts, and the laboratory of the atmosphere holds in

solution I know not what Berzeliuses and Davys?

Thus we sit by the fire and take hold on the poles of the earth.

This quasi omnipresence supplies the imbecility of our condition. In

one of those celestial days when heaven and earth meet and adorn

each other, it seems a poverty that we can only spend it once: we wish

for a thousand heads, a thousand bodies, that we might celebrate its

immense beauty in many ways and places. Is this fancy? Well, in good

faith, we are multiplied by our proxies. How easily we adopt their

labors! Every ship that comes to America got its chart from

Columbus. Every novel is a debtor to Homer. Every carpenter who shaves

with a fore-plane borrows the genius of a forgotten inventor. Life

is girt all round with a zodiac of sciences, the contributions of

men who have perished to add their point of light to our sky.

Engineer, broker, jurist, physician, moralist, theologian, and every

man, inasmuch as he has any science,- is a definer and map-maker of

the latitudes and longitudes of our condition. These roadmakers on

every hand enrich us. We must extend the area of life and multiply our

relations. We are as much gainers by finding a new property in the old

earth as by acquiring a new planet.

We are too passive in the reception of these material or

semi-material aids. We must not be sacks and stomachs. To ascend one

step,- we are better served through our sympathy. Activity is

contagious. Looking where others look, and conversing with the same

things, we catch the charm which lured them. Napoleon said, "You

must not fight too often with one enemy, or you will teach him all

your art of war." Talk much with any man of vigorous mind, and we

acquire very fast the habit of looking at things in the same light,

and on each occurrence we anticipate his thought.

Men are helpful through the intellect and the affections. Other help

I find a false appearance. If you affect to give me bread and fire,

I perceive that I pay for it the full price, and at last it leaves

me as it found me, neither better nor worse: but all mental and

moral force is a positive good. It goes out from you, whether you will

or not, and profits me whom you never thought of. I cannot even hear

of personal vigor of any kind, great power of performance, without

fresh resolution. We are emulous of all that man can do. Cecil’s

saying of Sir Walter Raleigh, "I know that he can toil terribly," is

an electric touch. So are Clarendon’s portraits,- of Hampden, "who was

of an industry and vigilance not to be tired out or wearied by the

most laborious, and of parts not to be imposed on by the most subtle

and sharp, and of a personal courage equal to his best parts";- of

Falkland, "who was so severe an adorer of truth, that he could as

easily have given himself leave to steal, as to dissemble." We

cannot read Plutarch without a tingling of the blood; and I accept the

saying of the Chinese Mencius: "A sage is the instructor of a

hundred ages. When the manners of Loo are heard of, the stupid

become intelligent, and the wavering, determined."

This is the moral of biography; yet it is hard for departed men to

touch the quick like our own companions, whose names may not last as

long. What is he whom I never think of? Whilst in every solitude are

those who succor our genius and stimulate us in wonderful manners.

There is a power in love to divine another’s destiny better than

that other can, and, by heroic encouragements, hold him to his task.

What has friendship so signal as its sublime attraction to whatever

virtue is in us? We will never more think cheaply of ourselves, or

of life. We are piqued to some purpose, and the industry of the

diggers on the railroad will not again shame us.

Under this head too falls that homage, very pure as I think, which

all ranks pay to the hero of the day, from Coriolanus and Gracchus

down to Pitt, Lafayette, Wellington, Webster, Lamartine. Hear the

shouts in the street! The people cannot see him enough. They delight

in a man. Here is a head and a trunk! What a front! what eyes!

Atlantean shoulders, and the whole carriage heroic, with equal

inward force to guide the great machine! This pleasure of full

expression to that which, in their private experience, is usually

cramped and obstructed, runs also much higher, and is the secret of

the reader’s joy in literary genius. Nothing is kept back. There is

fire enough to fuse the mountain of ore. Shakespeare’s principal merit

may be conveyed in saying that he of all men best understands the

English language, and can say what he will. Yet these unchoked

channels and floodgates of expression are only health or fortunate

constitution. Shakespeare’s name suggests other and purely

intellectual benefits.

Senates and sovereigns have no compliment, with their medals, swords

and armorial coats, like the addressing to a human being thoughts

out of a certain height, and presupposing his intelligence. This

honor, which is possible in personal intercourse scarcely twice in a

lifetime, genius perpetually pays; contented if now and then in a

century the proffer is accepted. The indicators of the values of

matter are degraded to a sort of cooks and confectioners, on the

appearance of the indicators of ideas. Genius is the naturalist or

geographer of the supersensible regions, and draws their map; and,

by acquainting us with new fields of activity, cools our affection for

the old. These are at once accepted as the reality, of which the world

we have conversed with is the show.

We go to the gymnasium and the swimming-school to see the power

and beauty of the body; there is the like pleasure and a higher

benefit from witnessing intellectual feats of all kinds; as feats of

memory, of mathematical combination, great power of abstraction, the

transmutings of the imagination, even versatility and

concentration,- as these acts expose the invisible organs and

members of the mind, which respond, member for member, to the parts of

the body. For we thus enter a new gymnasium, and learn to choose men

by their truest marks, taught, with Plato, "to choose those who can,

without aid from the eyes or any other sense, proceed to truth and

to being." Foremost among these activities are the summersaults,

spells and resurrections wrought by the imagination. When this

wakes, a man seems to multiply ten times or a thousand times his

force. It opens the delicious sense of indeterminate size and inspires

an audacious mental habit. We are as elastic as the gas of

gunpowder, and a sentence in a book, or a word dropped in

conversation, sets free our fancy, and instantly our heads are

bathed with galaxies, and our feet tread the floor of the Pit. And

this benefit is real because we are entitled to these enlargements,

and once having passed the bounds shall never again be quite the

miserable pedants we were.

The high functions of the intellect are so allied that some

imaginative power usually appears in all eminent minds, even in

arithmeticians of the first class, but especially in meditative men of

an intuitive habit of thought. This class serve us, so that they

have the perception of identity and the perception of reaction. The

eyes of Plato, Shakespeare, Swedenborg, Goethe, never shut on either

of these laws. The perception of these laws is a kind of metre of

the mind. Little minds are little through failure to see them.

Even these feasts have their surfeit. Our delight in reason

degenerates into idolatry of the herald. Especially when a mind of

powerful method has instructed men, we find the examples of

oppression. The dominion of Aristotle, the Ptolemaic astronomy, the

credit of Luther, of Bacon, of Locke;- in religion the history of

hierarchies, of saints, and the sects which have taken the name of

each founder, are in point. Alas! every man is such a victim. The

imbecility of men is always inviting the impudence of power. It is the

delight of vulgar talent to dazzle and to blind the beholder. But true

genius seeks to defend us from itself. True genius will not

impoverish, but will liberate, and add new senses. If a wise man

should appear in our village he would create, in those who conversed

with him, a new consciousness of wealth, by opening their eyes to

unobserved advantages; he would establish a sense of immovable

equality, calm us with assurances that we could not be cheated; as

every one would discern the checks and guaranties of condition. The

rich would see their mistakes and poverty, the poor their escapes

and their resources.

But nature brings all this about in due time. Rotation is her

remedy. The soul is impatient of masters and eager for change.

Housekeepers say of a domestic who has been valuable, "She had lived

with me long enough." We are tendencies, or rather, symptoms, and none

of us complete. We touch and go, and sip the foam of many lives.

Rotation is the law of nature. When nature removes a great man, people

explore the horizon for a successor; but none comes, and none will.

His class is extinguished with him. In some other and quite

different field the next man will appear; not Jefferson, not Franklin,

but now a great salesman, then a road-contractor, then a student of

fishes, then a buffalo-hunting explorer, or a semi-savage Western

general. Thus we make a stand against our rougher masters; but against

the best there is a finer remedy. The power which they communicate

is not theirs. When we are exalted by ideas, we do not owe this to

Plato, but to the idea, to which also Plato was debtor.

I must not forget that we have a special debt to a single class.

Life is a scale of degrees. Between rank and rank of our great men are

wide intervals. Mankind have in all ages attached themselves to a

few persons who either by the quality of that idea they embodied or by

the largeness of their reception were entitled to the position of

leaders and law-givers. These teach us the qualities of primary

nature,- admit us to the constitution of things. We swim, day by

day, on a river of delusions and are effectually amused with houses

and towns in the air, of which the men about us are dupes. But life is

a sincerity. In lucid intervals we say, "Let there be an entrance

opened for me into realities;*(3) I have worn the fool’s cap too

long." We will know the meaning of our economies and politics. Give us

the cipher, and if persons and things are scores of a celestial music,

let us read off the strains. We have been cheated of our reason; yet

there have been sane men, who enjoyed a rich and related existence.

What they know, they know for us. With each new mind, a new secret

of nature transpires; nor can the Bible be closed until the last great

man is born. These men correct the delirium of the animal spirits,

make us considerate and engage us to new aims and powers. The

veneration of mankind selects these for the highest place. Witness the

multitude of statues, pictures and memorials which recall their genius

in every city, village, house and ship:-

"Ever their phantoms arise before us,

Our loftier brothers, but one in blood;

At bed and table they lord it o’er us

With looks of beauty and words of good."

How to illustrate the distinctive benefit of ideas, the service

rendered by those who introduce moral truths into the general mind?- I

am plagued, in all my living, with a perpetual tariff of prices. If

I work in my garden and prune an apple-tree, I am well enough

entertained, and could continue indefinitely in the like occupation.

But it comes to mind that a day is gone, and I have got this

precious nothing done. I go to Boston or New York and run up and

down on my affairs: they are sped, but so is the day. I am vexed by

the recollection of this price I have paid for a trifling advantage. I

remember the peau d’ane on which whoso sat should have his desire, but

a piece of the skin was gone for every wish. I go to a convention of

philanthropists. Do what I can, I cannot keep my eyes off the clock.

But if there should appear in the company some gentle soul who knows

little of persons or parties, of Carolina or Cuba, but who announces a

law that disposes these particulars, and so certifies me of the equity

which checkmates every false player, bankrupts every self-seeker,

and apprises me of my independence on any conditions of country, or

time, or human body,- that man liberates me; I forget the clock. I

pass out of the sore relation to persons. I am healed of my hurts. I

am made immortal by apprehending my possession of incorruptible goods.

Here is great competition of rich and poor. We live in a market, where

is only so much wheat, or wool, or land; and if I have so much more,

every other must have so much less. I seem to have no good without

breach of good manners. Nobody is glad in the gladness of another, and

our system is one of war, of an injurious superiority. Every child

of the Saxon race is educated to wish to be first. It is our system;

and a man comes to measure his greatness by the regrets, envies and

hatreds of his competitors. But in these new fields there is room:

here are no self-esteems, no exclusions.

I admire great men of all classes, those who stand for facts, and

for thoughts; I like rough and smooth, "Scourges of God," and

"Darlings of the human race." I like the first Caesar; and Charles

V, of Spain; and Charles XII, of Sweden; Richard Plantagenet; and

Bonaparte, in France. I applaud a sufficient man, an officer equal

to his office; captains, ministers, senators. I like a master standing

firm on legs of iron, wellborn, rich, handsome, eloquent, loaded

with advantages, drawing all men by fascination into tributaries and

supporters of his power. Sword and staff, or talents sword-like or

staff-like, carry on the work of the world. But I find him greater

when he can abolish himself and all heroes, by letting in this element

of reason, irrespective of persons, this subtilizer and irresistible

upward force, into our thought, destroying individualism; the power so

great that the potentate is nothing. Then he is a monarch who gives

a constitution to his people; a pontiff who preaches the equality of

souls and releases his servants from their barbarous homages; an

emperor who can spare his empire.

But I intended to specify, with a little minuteness, two or three

points of service. Nature never spares the opium or nepenthe, but

wherever she mars her creature with some deformity or defect, lays her

poppies plentifully on the bruise, and the sufferer goes joyfully

through life, ignorant of the ruin and incapable of seeing it,

though all the world point their finger at it every day. The worthless

and offensive members of society, whose existence is a social pest,

invariably think themselves the most ill-used people alive, and

never get over their astonishment at the ingratitude and selfishness

of their contemporaries. Our globe discovers its hidden virtues, not

only in heroes and archangels, but in gossips and nurses. Is it not

a rare contrivance that lodged the due inertia in every creature,

the conserving, resisting energy, the anger at being waked or changed?

Altogether independent of the intellectual force in each is the

pride of opinion, the security that we are right. Not the feeblest

grandame, not a mowing idiot, but uses what spark of perception and

faculty is left, to chuckle and triumph in his or her opinion over the

absurdities of all the rest. Difference from me is the measure of

absurdity. Not one has a misgiving of being wrong. Was it not a bright

thought that made things cohere with this bitumen, fastest of cements?

But, in the midst of this chuckle of self-gratulation, some figure

goes by which Thersites too can love and admire. This is he that

should marshal us the way we were going. There is no end to his aid.

Without Plato we should almost lose our faith in the possibility of

a reasonable book. We seem to want but one, but we want one. We love

to associate with heroic persons, since our receptivity is

unlimited; and, with the great, our thoughts and manners easily become

great. We are all wise in capacity, though so few in energy. There

needs but one wise man in a company and all are wise, so rapid is

the contagion.

Great men are thus a collyrium to clear our eyes from egotism and

enable us to see other people and their works. But there are vices and

follies incident to whole populations and ages. Men resemble their

contemporaries even more than their progenitors. It is observed in old

couples, or in persons who have been housemates for a course of years,

that they grow like, and if they should live long enough we should not

be able to know them apart. Nature abhors these complaisances which

threaten to melt the world into a lump, and hastens to break up such

maudlin agglutinations. The like assimilation goes on between men of

one town, of one sect, of one political party; and the ideas of the

time are in the air, and infect all who breathe it. Viewed from any

high point, this city of New York, yonder city of London, the

Western civilization, would seem a bundle of insanities. We keep

each other in countenance and exasperate by emulation the frenzy of

the time. The shield against the stingings of conscience is the

universal practice, or our contemporaries. Again, it is very easy to

be as wise and good as your companions. We learn of our contemporaries

what they know without effort, and almost through the pores of the

skin. We catch it by sympathy, or as a wife arrives at the

intellectual and moral elevations of her husband. But we stop where

they stop. Very hardly can we take another step. The great, or such as

hold of nature and transcend fashions by their fidelity to universal

ideas, are saviors from these federal errors,*(4) and defend us from

our contemporaries. They are the exceptions which we want, where all

grows like. A foreign greatness is the antidote for cabalism.

Thus we feed on genius, and refresh ourselves from too much

conversation with our mates, and exult in the depth of nature in

that direction in which he leads us. What indemnification is one great

man for populations of pigmies! Every mother wishes one son a

genius, though all the rest should be mediocre. But a new danger

appears in the excess of influence of the great man. His attractions

warp us from our place. We have become underlings and intellectual

suicides. Ah! yonder in the horizon is our help;- other great men, new

qualities, counterweights and checks on each other. We cloy of the

honey of each peculiar greatness. Every hero becomes a bore at last.

Perhaps Voltaire was not bad-hearted, yet he said of the good Jesus,

even, "I pray you, let me never hear that man’s name again." They

cry up the virtues of George Washington,- "Damn George Washington!" is

the poor Jacobin’s whole speech and confutation. But it is human

nature’s indispensable defence. The centripetence augments the

centrifugence. We balance one man with his opposite, and the health of

the state depends on the see-saw.

There is however a speedy limit to the use of heroes. Every genius

is defended from approach by quantities of unavailableness. They are

very attractive, and seem at a distance our own: but we are hindered

on all sides from approach. The more we are drawn, the more we are

repelled. There is something not solid in the good that is done for

us. The best discovery the discoverer makes for himself. It has

something unreal for his companion until he too has substantiated

it. It seems as if the Deity dressed each soul which he sends into

nature in certain virtues and powers not communicable to other men,

and sending it to perform one more turn through the circle of

beings, wrote, "Not transferable" and "Good for this trip only," on

these garments of the soul. There is somewhat deceptive about the

intercourse of minds. The boundaries are invisible, but they are never

crossed. There is such good will to impart, and such good will to

receive, that each threatens to become the other; but the law of

individuality collects its secret strength: you are you, and I am I,

and so we remain.

For nature wishes every thing to remain itself; and whilst every

individual strives to grow and exclude and to exclude and grow, to the

extremities of the universe, and to impose the law of its being on

every other creature, Nature steadily aims to protect each against

every other. Each is self-defended. Nothing is more marked than the

power by which individuals are guarded from individuals, in a world

where every benefactor becomes so easily a malefactor only by

continuation of his activity into places where it is not due; where

children seem so much at the mercy of their foolish parents, and where

almost all men are too social and interfering. We rightly speak of the

guardian angels of children. How superior in their security from

infusions of evil persons, from vulgarity and second thought! They

shed their own abundant beauty on the objects they behold. Therefore

they are not at the mercy of such poor educators as we adults. If we

huff and chide them they soon come not to mind it and get a

self-reliance; and if we indulge them to folly, they learn the

limitation elsewhere.

We need not fear excessive influence. A more generous trust is

permitted. Serve the great. Stick at no humiliation. Grudge no

office thou canst render. Be the limb of their body, the breath of

their mouth. Compromise thy egotism. Who cares for that, so thou

gain aught wider and nobler? Never mind the taunt of Boswellism: the

devotion may easily be greater than the wretched pride which is

guarding its own skirts. Be another: not thyself, but a Platonist; not

a soul, but a Christian; not a naturalist, but a Cartesian; not a

poet, but a Shakespearean. In vain, the wheels of tendency will not

stop, nor will all the forces of inertia, fear, or of love itself hold

thee there. On, and forever onward! The microscope observes a monad or

wheel-insect among the infusories circulating in water. Presently a

dot appears on the animal, which enlarges to a slit, and it becomes

two perfect animals. The ever-proceeding detachment appears not less

in all thought and in society. Children think they cannot live without

their parents. But, long before they are aware of it, the black dot

has appeared and the detachment taken place. Any accident will now

reveal to them their independence.

But great men:- the word is injurious. Is there caste? Is there

fate? What becomes of the promise to virtue? The thoughtful youth

laments the superfoetation of nature. "Generous and handsome," he

says, "is your hero; but look at yonder poor Paddy, whose country is

his wheelbarrow; look at his whole nation of Paddies." Why are the

masses, from the dawn of history down, food for knives and powder? The

idea dignifies a few leaders, who have sentiment, opinion, love,

self-devotion; and they make war and death sacred;- but what for the

wretches whom they hire and kill? The cheapness of man is every

day’s tragedy. It is as real a loss that others should be as low as

that we should be low; for we must have society.

Is it a reply to these suggestions to say, Society is a Pestalozzian

school: all are teachers and pupils in turn? We are equally served

by receiving and by imparting. Men who know the same things are not

long the best company for each other. But bring to each an intelligent

person of another experience, and it is as if you let off water from a

lake by cutting a lower basin. It seems a mechanical advantage, and

great benefit it is to each speaker, as he can now paint out his

thought to himself. We pass very fast, in our personal moods, from

dignity to dependence. And if any appear never to assume the chair,

but always to stand and serve, it is because we do not see the company

in a sufficiently long period for the whole rotation of parts to

come about. As to what we call the masses, and common men,- there

are no common men. All men are at last of a size; and true art is only

possible on the conviction that every talent has its apotheosis

somewhere. Fair play and an open field and freshest laurels to all who

have won them! But heaven reserves an equal scope for every creature.

Each is uneasy until he has produced his private ray unto the concave

sphere and beheld his talent also in its last nobility and exaltation.

The heroes of the hour are relatively great; of a faster growth;

or they are such in whom, at the moment of success, a quality is

ripe which is then in request. Other days will demand other qualities.

Some rays escape the common observer, and want a finely adapted eye.

Ask the great man if there be none greater. His companions are; and

not the less great but the more that society cannot see them. Nature

never sends a great man into the planet without confiding the secret

to another soul.

One gracious fact emerges from these studies,- that there is true

ascension in our love. The reputations of the nineteenth century

will one day be quoted to prove its barbarism. The genius of

humanity is the real subject whose biography is written in our annals.

We must infer much, and supply many chasms in the record. The

history of the universe is symptomatic, and life is mnemonical. No

man, in all the procession of famous men, is reason or illumination or

that essence we were looking for; but is an exhibition, in some

quarter, of new possibilities. Could we one day complete the immense

figure which these flagrant*(5) points compose! The study of many

individuals leads us to an elemental region wherein the individual

is lost, or wherein all touch by their summits. Thought and feeling

that break out there cannot be impounded by any fence of

personality. This is the key to the power of the greatest men,-

their spirit diffuses itself. A new quality of mind travels by night

and by day, in concentric circles from its origin, and publishes

itself by unknown methods: the union of all minds appears intimate;

what gets admission to one, cannot be kept out of any other; the

smallest acquisition of truth or of energy, in any quarter, is so much

good to the commonwealth of souls. If the disparities of talent and

position vanish when the individuals are seen in the duration which is

necessary to complete the career of each, even more swiftly the

seeming injustice disappears when we ascend to the central identity of

all the individuals, and know that they are made of the substance

which ordaineth and doeth.

The genius of humanity is the right point of view of history. The

qualities abide; the men who exhibit them have now more, now less, and

pass away; the qualities remain on another brow. No experience is more

familiar. Once you saw phoenixes: they are gone; the world is not

therefore disenchanted. The vessels on which you read sacred emblems

turn out to be common pottery; but the sense of the pictures is

sacred, and you may still read them transferred to the walls of the

world. For a time our teachers serve us personally, as metres or

milestones of progress. Once they were angels of knowledge and their

figures touched the sky. Then we drew near, saw their means, culture

and limits; and they yielded their place to other geniuses. Happy,

if a few names remain so high that we have not been able to read

them nearer, and age and comparison have not robbed them of a ray. But

at last we shall cease to look in men for completeness, and shall

content ourselves with their social and delegated quality. All that

respects the individual is temporary and prospective, like the

individual himself, who is ascending out of his limits into a catholic

existence. We have never come at the true and best benefit of any

genius so long as we believe him an original force. In the moment when

he ceases to help us as a cause, he begins to help us more as an

effect. Then he appears as an exponent of a vaster mind and will.

The opaque self becomes transparent with the light of the First Cause.

Yet, within the limits of human education and agency, we may say

great men exist that there may be greater men. The destiny of

organized nature is amelioration, and who can tell its limits? It is

for man to tame the chaos; on every side, whilst he lives, to

scatter the seeds of science and of song, that climate, corn,

animals, men, may be milder, and the germs of love and benefit may be

multiplied.*(6)

PLATO

PLATO

or, The Philosopher

AMONG secular*(7) books, Plato only is entitled to Omar’s*(8)

fanatical compliment to the Koran, when he said, "Burn the

libraries; for their value is in this book." These sentences contain

the culture of nations; these are the corner-stone of schools; these

are the fountain-head of literatures. A discipline it is in logic,

arithmetic, taste, symmetry, poetry, language, rhetoric, ontology,

morals or practical wisdom. There was never such range of speculation.

Out of Plato come all things that are still written and debated

among men of thought. Great havoc makes he among our originalities. We

have reached the mountain from which all these drift boulders were

detached. The Bible of the learned for twenty-two hundred years, every

brisk young man who says in succession fine things to each reluctant

generation,- Boethius, Rabelais, Erasmus, Bruno, Locke, Rousseau,

Alfieri, Coleridge,- is some reader of Plato, translating into the

vernacular, wittily, his good things. Even the men of grander

proportion suffer some deduction from the misfortune (shall I say?) of

coming after this exhausting generalizer. St. Augustine, Copernicus,

Newton, Behmen, Swedenborg, Goethe, are likewise his debtors and

must say after him. For it is fair to credit the broadest

generalizer with all the particulars deducible from his thesis.

Plato is philosophy, and philosophy, Plato,- at once the glory and

the shame of mankind, since neither Saxon nor Roman have availed to

add any idea to his categories. No wife, no children had he, and the

thinkers of all civilized nations are his posterity and are tinged

with his mind. How many great men Nature is incessantly sending up out

of night, to be his men,- Platonists! the Alexandrians, a

constellation of genius; the Elizabethans, not less; Sir Thomas

More, Henry More, John Hales, John Smith, Lord Bacon, Jeremy Taylor,

Ralph Cudworth, Sydenham, Thomas Taylor; Marcilius Ficinus and Picus

Mirandola. Calvinism is in his Phaedo: Christianity is in it.

Mahometanism draws all its philosophy, in its hand-book of morals, the

Akhlak-y-Jalaly, from him. Mysticism finds in Plato all its texts.

This citizen of a town in Greece is no villager nor patriot. An

Englishman reads and says, "how English!" a German- "how Teutonic!" an

Italian- "how Roman and how Greek!" As they say that Helen of Argos

had that universal beauty that every body felt related to her, so

Plato seems to a reader in New England an American genius. His broad

humanity transcends all sectional lines.

This range of Plato instructs us what to think of the vexed question

concerning his reputed works,- what are genuine, what spurious. It

is singular that wherever we find a man higher by a whole head than

any of his contemporaries, it is sure to come into doubt what are

his real works. Thus Homer, Plato, Raffaelle, Shakespeare. For these

men magnetize their contemporaries, so that their companions can do

for them what they can never do for themselves; and the great man does

thus live in several bodies, and write, or paint or act, by many

hands; and after some time it is not easy to say what is the authentic

work of the master and what is only of his school.

Plato, too, like every great man, consumed his own times. What is

a great man but one of great affinities, who takes up into himself all

arts, sciences, all knowables, as his food? He can spare nothing; he

can dispose of every thing. What is not good for virtue, is good for

knowledge. Hence his contemporaries tax him with plagiarism. But the

inventor only knows how to borrow; and society is glad to forget the

innumerable laborers who ministered to this architect, and reserves

all its gratitude for him. When we are praising Plato, it seems we are

praising quotations from Solon and Sophron and Philolaus. Be it so.

Every book is a quotation; and every house is a quotation out of all

forests and mines and stone quarries; and every man is a quotation

from all his ancestors. And this grasping inventor puts all nations

under contribution.

Plato absorbed the learning of his times,- Philolaus, Timaeus,

Heraclitus, Parmenides, and what else; then his master, Socrates;

and finding himself still capable of a larger synthesis,- beyond all

example then or since,- he traveled into Italy, to gain what

Pythagoras had for him; then into Egypt, and perhaps still farther

East, to import the other element, which Europe wanted, into the

European mind. This breadth entitles him to stand as the

representative of philosophy. He says, in the Republic, "Such a genius

as philosophers must of necessity have, is wont but seldom in all

its parts to meet in one man, but its different parts generally spring

up in different persons." Every man who would do anything well, must

come to it from a higher ground. A philosopher must be more than a

philosopher. Plato is clothed with the powers of a poet, stands upon

the highest place of the poet, and (though I doubt he wanted the

decisive gift of lyric expression), mainly is not a poet because he

chose to use the poetic gift to an ulterior purpose.

Great geniuses have the shortest biographies. Their cousins can tell

you nothing about them. They lived in their writings, and so their

house and street life was trivial and commonplace. If you would know

their tastes and complexions, the most admiring of their readers

most resembles them. Plato especially has no external biography. If he

had lover, wife, or children, we hear nothing of them. He ground

them all into paint. As a good chimney burns its smoke, so a

philosopher converts the value of all his fortunes into his

intellectual performances.

He was born 427 A.C., about the time of the death of Pericles; was

of patrician connection in his times and city, and is said to have had

an early inclination for war, but, in his twentieth year, meeting with

Socrates, was easily dissuaded from this pursuit and remained for

ten years his scholar, until the death of Socrates. He then went to

Megara, accepted the invitations of Dion and of Dionysius to the court

of Sicily, and went thither three times, though very capriciously

treated. He traveled into Italy; then into Egypt, where he stayed a

long time; some say three,- some say thirteen years. It is said he

went farther, into Babylonia: this is uncertain. Returning to

Athens, he gave lessons in the Academy to those whom his fame drew

thither; and died, as we have received it, in the act of writing, at

eighty-one years.

But the biography of Plato is interior. We are to account for the

supreme elevation of this man in the intellectual history of our

race,- how it happens that in proportion to the culture of men they

become his scholars; that, as our Jewish Bible has implanted itself in

the tabletalk and household life of every man and woman in the

European and American nations, so the writings of Plato have

preoccupied every school of learning, every lover of thought, every

church, every poet,- making it impossible to think, on certain levels,

except through him. He stands between the truth and every man’s

mind, and has almost impressed language and the primary forms of

thought with his name and seal. I am struck, in reading him, with

the extreme modernness of his style and spirit. Here is the germ of

that Europe we know so well, in its long history of arts and arms;

here are all its traits, already discernible in the mind of Plato,-

and in none before him. It has spread itself since into a hundred

histories, but has added no new element. This perpetual modernness

is the measure of merit in every work of art; since the author of it

was not misled by any thing short-lived or local, but abode by real

and abiding traits. How Plato came thus to be Europe, and

philosophy, and almost literature, is the problem for us to solve.

This could not have happened without a sound, sincere and catholic

man, able to honor, at the same time, the ideal, or laws of the

mind, and fate, or the order of nature. The first period of a

nation, as of an individual, is the period of unconscious strength.

Children cry, scream and stamp with fury, unable to express their

desires. As soon as they can speak and tell their want and the

reason of it, they become gentle. In adult life, whilst the

perceptions are obtuse, men and women talk vehemently and

superlatively, blunder and quarrel: their manners are full of

desperation; their speech is full of oaths. As soon as, with

culture, things have cleared up a little, and they see them no

longer in lumps and masses but accurately distributed, they desist

from that weak vehemence and explain their meaning in detail. If the

tongue had not been framed for articulation, man would still be a

beast in the forest. The same weakness and want, on a higher plane,

occurs daily in the education of ardent young men and women. "Ah!

you don’t understand me; I have never met with any one who comprehends

me": and they sigh and weep, write verses and walk alone,- fault of

power to express their precise meaning. In a month or two, through the

favor of their good genius, they meet some one so related as to assist

their volcanic estate, and, good communication being once established,

they are thenceforward good citizens. It is ever thus. The progress is

to accuracy, to skill, to truth, from blind force.

There is a moment in the history of every nation, when, proceeding

out of this brute youth, the perceptive powers reach their ripeness

and have not yet become microscopic: so that man, at that instant,

extends across the entire scale, and, with his feet still planted on

the immense forces of night, converses by his eyes and brain with

solar and stellar creation. That is the moment of adult health, the

culmination of power.

Such is the history of Europe, in all points; and such in

philosophy. Its early records, almost perished, are of the

immigrations from Asia, bringing with them the dreams of barbarians; a

confusion of crude notions of morals and of natural philosophy,

gradually subsiding through the partial insight of single teachers.

Before Pericles came the Seven Wise Masters, and we have the

beginnings of geometry, metaphysics and ethics: then the partialists,-

deducing the origin of things from flux or water, or from air, or from

fire, or from mind. All mix with these causes mythologic pictures.

At last comes Plato, the distributor, who needs no barbaric point,

or tattoo, or whooping; for he can define. He leaves with Asia the

vast and superlative; he is the arrival of accuracy and

intelligence. "He shall be as a god to me, who can rightly divide

and define."

This defining is philosophy. Philosophy is the account which the

human mind gives to itself of the constitution of the world. Two

cardinal facts lie forever at the base; the one, and the two: 1.

Unity, or Identity; and, 2. Variety. We unite all things by perceiving

the law which pervades them; by perceiving the superficial differences

and the profound resemblances. But every mental act,- this very

perception of identity or oneness, recognizes the difference of

things. Oneness and otherness. It is impossible to speak or to think

without embracing both.

The mind is urged to ask for one cause of many effects; then for the

cause of that; and again the cause, diving still into the profound:

self-assured that it shall arrive at an absolute and sufficient

one,- a one that shall be all. "In the midst of the sun is the

light, in the midst of the light is truth, and in the midst of truth

is the imperishable being," say the Vedas. All philosophy, of East and

West, has the same centripetence. Urged by an opposite necessity,

the mind returns from the one to that which is not one, but other or

many; from cause to effect; and affirms the necessary existence of

variety, the self-existence of both, as each is involved in the other.

These strictly-blended elements it is the problem of thought to

separate and to reconcile. Their existence is mutually contradictory

and exclusive; and each so fast slides into the other that we can

never say what is one, and what it is not. The Proteus is as nimble in

the highest as in the lowest grounds; when we contemplate the one, the

true, the good,- as in the surfaces and extremities of matter.

In all nations there are minds which incline to dwell in the

conception of the fundamental Unity. The raptures of prayer and

ecstasy of devotion lose all being in one Being. This tendency finds

its highest expression in the religious writings of the East, and

chiefly in the Indian Scriptures, in the Vedas, the Bhagavat Geeta,

and the Vishnu Purana. Those writings contain little else than this

idea, and they rise to pure and sublime strains in celebrating it.

The Same, the Same: friend and foe are of one stuff; the

ploughman, the plough and the furrow are of one stuff; and the stuff

is such and so much that the variations of form are unimportant.

"You are fit" (says the supreme Krishna to a sage) "to apprehend

that you are not distinct from me. That which I am, thou art, and that

also is this world, with its gods and heroes and mankind. Men

contemplate distinctions, because they are stupefied with

ignorance." "The words I and mine constitute ignorance. What is the

great end of all, you shall now learn from me. It is soul,- one in all

bodies, pervading, uniform, perfect, preeminent over nature, exempt

from birth, growth and decay, omnipresent, made up of true

knowledge, independent, unconnected with unrealities, with name,

species and the rest, in time past, present and to come. The knowledge

that this spirit, which is essentially one, is in one’s own and in all

other bodies, is the wisdom of one who knows the unity of things. As

one diffusive air, passing through the perforations of a flute, is

distinguished as the notes of a scale, so the nature of the Great

Spirit is single, though its forms be manifold, arising from the

consequences of acts. When the difference of the investing form, as

that of god or the rest, is destroyed, there is no distinction."

"The whole world is but a manifestation of Vishnu, who is identical

with all things, and is to be regarded by the wise as not differing

from, but as the same as themselves. I neither am going nor coming;

nor is my dwelling in any one place; nor art thou, thou; nor are

others, others; nor am I, I." As if he had said, "All is for the soul,

and the soul is Vishnu; and animals and stars are transient paintings;

and light is whitewash; and durations are deceptive; and form is

imprisonment; and heaven itself a decoy." That which the soul seeks is

resolution into being above form, out of Tartarus and out of

heaven,- liberation from nature.

If speculation tends thus to a terrific unity, in which all things

are absorbed, action tends directly backwards to diversity. The

first is the course or gravitation of mind; the second is the power of

nature. Nature is the manifold. The unity absorbs, and melts or

reduces. Nature opens and creates. These two principles reappear and

interpenetrate all things, all thought; the one, the many. One is

being; the other, intellect: one is necessity; the other, freedom:

one, rest; the other, motion: one, power; the other, distribution:

one, strength; the other, pleasure: one, consciousness; the other,

definition: one, genius; the other, talent: one, earnestness; the

other, knowledge: one, possession; the other, trade: one, caste; the

other, culture: one, king; the other, democracy: and, if we dare carry

these generalizations a step higher, and name the last tendency of

both, we might say, that the end of the one is escape from

organization,- pure science; and the end of the other is the highest

instrumentality, or use of means, or executive deity.

Each student adheres, by temperament and by habit, to the first or

to the second of these gods of the mind. By religion, he tends to

unity; by intellect, or by the senses, to the many. A too rapid

unification, and an excessive appliance to parts and particulars,

are the twin dangers of speculation.

To this partiality the history of nations corresponded. The

country of unity, of immovable institutions, the seat of a

philosophy delighting in abstractions, of men faithful in doctrine and

in practice to the idea of a deaf, unimplorable, immense fate, is

Asia; and it realizes this faith in the social institution of caste.

On the other side, the genius of Europe is active and creative: it

resists caste by culture; its philosophy was a discipline; it is a

land of arts, inventions, trade, freedom. If the East loved

infinity, the West delighted in boundaries.

European civility is the triumph of talent, the extension of system,

the sharpened understanding, adaptive skill, delight in forms, delight

in manifestation, in comprehensible results. Pericles, Athens, Greece,

had been working in this element with the joy of genius not yet

chilled by any foresight of the detriment of an excess. They saw

before them no sinister political economy; no ominous Malthus; no

Paris or London; no pitiless subdivision of classes,- the doom of

the pin-makers, the doom of the weavers, of dressers, of

stockingers, of carders, of spinners, of colliers; no Ireland; no

Indian caste, superinduced by the efforts of Europe to throw it off.

The understanding was in its health and prime. Art was in its splendid

novelty. They cut the Pentelican marble as if it were snow, and

their perfect works in architecture and sculpture seemed things of

course, not more difficult than the completion of a new ship at the

Medford yards, or new mills at Lowell. These things are in course, and

may be taken for granted. The Roman legion, Byzantine legislation,

English trade, the saloons of Versailles, the cafes of Paris, the

steam-mill, steamboat, steam-coach, may all be seen in perspective;

the town-meeting, the ballot-box, the newspaper and cheap press.

Meantime, Plato, in Egypt and in Eastern pilgrimages, imbibed the

idea of one Deity, in which all things are absorbed. The unity of Asia

and the detail of Europe; the infinitude of the Asiatic soul and the

defining, result-loving, machine-making, surface-seeking,

opera-going Europe,- Plato came to join, and, by contact, to enhance

the energy of each. The excellence of Europe and Asia are in his

brain. Metaphysics and natural philosophy expressed the genius of

Europe; he substructs the religion of Asia, as the base.

In short, a balanced soul was born, perceptive of the two

elements. It is as easy to be great as to be small. The reason why

we do not at once believe in admirable souls is because they are not

in our experience. In actual life, they are so rare as to be

incredible; but primarily there is not only no presumption against

them, but the strongest presumption in favor of their appearance.

But whether voices were heard in the sky, or not; whether his mother

or his father dreamed that the infant man-child was the son of Apollo;

whether a swarm of bees settled on his lips, or not;- a man who

could see two sides of a thing was born. The wonderful synthesis so

familiar in nature; the upper and the under side of the medal of Jove;

the union of impossibilities, which reappears in every object; its

real and its ideal power,- was now also transferred entire to the

consciousness of a man.

The balanced soul came. If he loved abstract truth, he saved himself

by propounding the most popular of all principles, the absolute

good, which rules rulers, and judges the judge. If he made

transcendental distinctions, he fortified himself by dra

The Young Amerıcan

Salı, 06 Kasım 2007

THE YOUNG AMERICAN

_A Lecture read before the Mercantile Library Association,

Boston, February 7, 1844_

GENTLEMEN:

It is remarkable, that our people have their intellectual cne

country, and their duties from another. This false state of things

is newly in a way to be corrected. America is beginning to assert

itself to the senses and to the imagination of her children, and

Europe is receding in the same degree. This their reaction on

education gives a new importance to the internal improvements and to

the politics of the country. Who has not been stimulated to

reflection by the facilities now in progress of construction for

travel and the transportation of goods in the United States?

This rage for road building is beneficent for America, where

vast distance is so main a consideration in our domestic politics and

trade, inasmuch as the great political promise of the invention is to

hold the Union staunch, whose days seemed already numbered by the

mere inconvenience of transporting representatives, judges, and

officers across such tedious distances of land and water. Not only

is distance annihilated, but when, as now, the locomotive and the

steamboat, like enormous shuttles, shoot every day across the

thousand various threads of national descent and employment, and bind

them fast in one web, an hourly assimilation goes forward, and there

is no danger that local peculiarities and hostilities should be

preserved.

1. But I hasten to speak of the utility of these improvements

in creating an American sentiment. An unlooked for consequence of

the railroad, is the increased acquaintance it has given the American

people with the boundless resources of their own soil. If this

invention has reduced England to a third of its size, by bringing

people so much nearer, in this country it has given a new celerity to

_time_, or anticipated by fifty years the planting of tracts of land,

the choice of water privileges, the working of mines, and other

natural advantages. Railroad iron is a magician’s rod, in its power

to evoke the sleeping energies of land and water.

The railroad is but one arrow in our quiver, though it has

great value as a sort of yard-stick, and surveyor’s line. The

bountiful continent is ours, state on state, and territory on

territory, to the waves of the Pacific sea;

"Our garden is the immeasurable earth,

The heaven’s blue pillars are Medea’s house."

The task of surveying, planting, and building upon this immense

tract, requires an education and a sentiment commensurate thereto. A

consciousness of this fact, is beginning to take the place of the

purely trading spirit and education which sprang up whilst all the

population lived on the fringe of sea-coast. And even on the coast,

prudent men have begun to see that every American should be educated

with a view to the values of land. The arts of engineering and of

architecture are studied; scientific agriculture is an object of

growing attention; the mineral riches are explored; limestone, coal,

slate, and iron; and the value of timber-lands is enhanced.

Columbus alleged as a reason for seeking a continent in the

West, that the harmony of nature required a great tract of land in

the western hemisphere, to balance the known extent of land in the

eastern; and it now appears that we must estimate the native values

of this broad region to redress the balance of our own judgments, and

appreciate the advantages opened to the human race in this country,

which is our fortunate home. The land is the appointed remedy for

whatever is false and fantastic in our culture. The continent we

inhabit is to be physic and food for our mind, as well as our body.

The land, with its tranquilizing, sanative influences, is to repair

the errors of a scholastic and traditional education, and bring us

into just relations with men and things.

The habit of living in the presence of these invitations of

natural wealth is not inoperative; and this habit, combined with the

moral sentiment which, in the recent years, has interrogated every

institution, usage, and law, has, naturally, given a strong direction

to the wishes and aims of active young men to withdraw from cities,

and cultivate the soil. This inclination has appeared in the most

unlooked for quarters, in men supposed to be absorbed in business,

and in those connected with the liberal professions. And, since the

walks of trade were crowded, whilst that of agriculture cannot easily

be, inasmuch as the farmer who is not wanted by others can yet grow

his own bread, whilst the manufacturer or the trader, who is not

wanted, cannot, — this seemed a happy tendency. For, beside all the

moral benefit which we may expect from the farmer’s profession, when

a man enters it considerately, this promised the conquering of the

soil, plenty, and beyond this, the adorning of the country with every

advantage and ornament which labor, ingenuity, and affection for a

man’s home, could suggest.

Meantime, with cheap land, and the pacific disposition of the

people, every thing invites to the arts of agriculture, of gardening,

and domestic architecture. Public gardens, on the scale of such

plantations in Europe and Asia, are now unknown to us. There is no

feature of the old countries that strikes an American with more

agreeable surprise than the beautiful gardens of Europe; such as the

Boboli in Florence, the Villa Borghese in Rome, the Villa d’Este in

Tivoli, the gardens at Munich, and at Frankfort on the Maine: works

easily imitated here, and which might well make the land dear to the

citizen, and inflame patriotism. It is the fine art which is left

for us, now that sculpture, painting, and religious and civil

architecture have become effete, and have passed into second

childhood. We have twenty degrees of latitude wherein to choose a

seat, and the new modes of travelling enlarge the opportunity of

selection, by making it easy to cultivate very distant tracts, and

yet remain in strict intercourse with the centres of trade and

population. And the whole force of all the arts goes to facilitate

the decoration of lands and dwellings. A garden has this advantage,

that it makes it indifferent where you live. A well-laid garden

makes the face of the country of no account; let that be low or high,

grand or mean, you have made a beautiful abode worthy of man. If the

landscape is pleasing, the garden shows it, — if tame, it excludes

it. A little grove, which any farmer can find, or cause to grow near

his house, will, in a few years, make cataracts and chains of

mountains quite unnecessary to his scenery; and he is so contented

with his alleys, woodlands, orchards, and river, that Niagara, and

the Notch of the White Hills, and Nantasket Beach, are superfluities.

And yet the selection of a fit houselot has the same advantage over

an indifferent one, as the selection to a given employment of a man

who has a genius for that work. In the last case, the culture of

years will never make the most painstaking apprentice his equal: no

more will gardening give the advantage of a happy site to a house in

a hole or on a pinnacle. In America, we have hitherto little to

boast in this kind. The cities drain the country of the best part of

its population: the flower of the youth, of both sexes, goes into the

towns, and the country is cultivated by a so much inferior class.

The land, — travel a whole day together, — looks poverty-stricken,

and the buildings plain and poor. In Europe, where society has an

aristocratic structure, the land is full of men of the best stock,

and the best culture, whose interest and pride it is to remain half

the year on their estates, and to fill them with every convenience

and ornament. Of course, these make model farms, and model

architecture, and are a constant education to the eye of the

surrounding population. Whatever events in progress shall go to

disgust men with cities, and infuse into them the passion for country

life, and country pleasures, will render a service to the whole face

of this continent, and will further the most poetic of all the

occupations of real life, the bringing out by art the native but

hidden graces of the landscape.

I look on such improvements, also, as directly tending to

endear the land to the inhabitant. Any relation to the land, the

habit of tilling it, or mining it, or even hunting on it, generates

the feeling of patriotism. He who keeps shop on it, or he who merely

uses it as a support to his desk and ledger, or to his manufactory,

values it less. The vast majority of the people of this country live

by the land, and carry its quality in their manners and opinions. We

in the Atlantic states, by position, have been commercial, and have,

as I said, imbibed easily an European culture. Luckily for us, now

that steam has narrowed the Atlantic to a strait, the nervous, rocky

West is intruding a new and continental element into the national

mind, and we shall yet have an American genius. How much better when

the whole land is a garden, and the people have grown up in the

bowers of a paradise. Without looking, then, to those extraordinary

social influences which are now acting in precisely this direction,

but only at what is inevitably doing around us, I think we must

regard the _land_ as a commanding and increasing power on the

citizen, the sanative and Americanizing influence, which promises to

disclose new virtues for ages to come.

2. In the second place, the uprise and culmination of the new

and anti-feudal power of Commerce, is the political fact of most

significance to the American at this hour.

We cannot look on the freedom of this country, in connexion

with its youth, without a presentiment that here shall laws and

institutions exist on some scale of proportion to the majesty of

nature. To men legislating for the area betwixt the two oceans,

betwixt the snows and the tropics, somewhat of the gravity of nature

will infuse itself into the code. A heterogeneous population

crowding on all ships from all corners of the world to the great

gates of North America, namely, Boston, New York, and New Orleans,

and thence proceeding inward to the prairie and the mountains, and

quickly contributing their private thought to the public opinion,

their toll to the treasury, and their vote to the election, it cannot

be doubted that the legislation of this country should become more

catholic and cosmopolitan than that of any other. It seems so easy

for America to inspire and express the most expansive and humane

spirit; new-born, free, healthful, strong, the land of the laborer,

of the democrat, of the philanthropist, of the believer, of the

saint, she should speak for the human race. It is the country of the

Future. From Washington, proverbially `the city of magnificent

distances,’ through all its cities, states, and territories, it is a

country of beginnings, of projects, of designs, and expectations.

Gentlemen, there is a sublime and friendly Destiny by which the

human race is guided, — the race never dying, the individual never

spared, — to results affecting masses and ages. Men are narrow and

selfish, but the Genius or Destiny is not narrow, but beneficent. It

is not discovered in their calculated and voluntary activity, but in

what befalls, with or without their design. Only what is inevitable

interests us, and it turns out that love and good are inevitable, and

in the course of things. That Genius has infused itself into nature.

It indicates itself by a small excess of good, a small balance in

brute facts always favorable to the side of reason. All the facts in

any part of nature shall be tabulated, and the results shall indicate

the same security and benefit; so slight as to be hardly observable,

and yet it is there. The sphere is flattened at the poles, and

swelled at the equator; a form flowing necessarily from the fluid

state, yet _the_ form, the mathematician assures us, required to

prevent the protuberances of the continent, or even of lesser

mountains cast up at any time by earthquakes, from continually

deranging the axis of the earth. The census of the population is

found to keep an invariable equality in the sexes, with a trifling

predominance in favor of the male, as if to counterbalance the

necessarily increased exposure of male life in war, navigation, and

other accidents. Remark the unceasing effort throughout nature at

somewhat better than the actual creatures: _amelioration in nature_,

which alone permits and authorizes amelioration in mankind. The

population of the world is a conditional population; these are not

the best, but the best that could live in the existing state of

soils, gases, animals, and morals: the best that could _yet_ live;

there shall be a better, please God. This Genius, or Destiny, is of

the sternest administration, though rumors exist of its secret

tenderness. It may be styled a cruel kindness, serving the whole

even to the ruin of the member; a terrible communist, reserving all

profits to the community, without dividend to individuals. Its law

is, you shall have everything as a member, nothing to yourself. For

Nature is the noblest engineer, yet uses a grinding economy, working

up all that is wasted to-day into to-morrow’s creation; — not a

superfluous grain of sand, for all the ostentation she makes of

expense and public works. It is because Nature thus saves and uses,

laboring for the general, that we poor particulars are so crushed and

straitened, and find it so hard to live. She flung us out in her

plenty, but we cannot shed a hair, or a paring of a nail, but

instantly she snatches at the shred, and appropriates it to the

general stock. Our condition is like that of the poor wolves: if one

of the flock wound himself, or so much as limp, the rest eat him up

incontinently.

That serene Power interposes the check upon the caprices and

officiousness of our wills. Its charity is not our charity. One of

its agents is our will, but that which expresses itself in our will,

is stronger than our will. We are very forward to help it, but it

will not be accelerated. It resists our meddling, eleemosynary

contrivances. We devise sumptuary and relief laws, but the principle

of population is always reducing wages to the lowest pittance on

which human life can be sustained. We legislate against forestalling

and monopoly; we would have a common granary for the poor; but the

selfishness which hoards the corn for high prices, is the preventive

of famine; and the law of self-preservation is surer policy than any

legislation can be. We concoct eleemosynary systems, and it turns

out that our charity increases pauperism. We inflate our paper

currency, we repair commerce with unlimited credit, and are presently

visited with unlimited bankruptcy.

It is easy to see that the existing generation are conspiring

with a beneficence, which, in its working for coming generations,

sacrifices the passing one, which infatuates the most selfish men to

act against their private interest for the public welfare. We build

railroads, we know not for what or for whom; but one thing is

certain, that we who build will receive the very smallest share of

benefit. Benefit will accrue; they are essential to the country, but

that will be felt not until we are no longer countrymen. We do the

like in all matters: –

"Man’s heart the Almighty to the Future set By secret and

inviolable springs."

We plant trees, we build stone houses, we redeem the waste, we

make prospective laws, we found colleges and hospitals, for remote

generations. We should be mortified to learn that the little benefit

we chanced in our own persons to receive was the utmost they would

yield.

The history of commerce, is the record of this beneficent

tendency. The patriarchal form of government readily becomes

despotic, as each person may see in his own family. Fathers wish to

be the fathers of the minds of their children, and behold with

impatience a new character and way of thinking presuming to show

itself in their own son or daughter. This feeling, which all their

love and pride in the powers of their children cannot subdue, becomes

petulance and tyranny when the head of the clan, the emperor of an

empire, deals with the same difference of opinion in his subjects.

Difference of opinion is the one crime which kings never forgive. An

empire is an immense egotism. "I am the State," said the French

Louis. When a French ambassador mentioned to Paul of Russia, that a

man of consequence in St. Petersburg was interesting himself in some

matter, the Czar interrupted him, — "There is no man of consequence

in this empire, but he with whom I am actually speaking; and so long

only as I am speaking to him, is he of any consequence." And

Nicholas, the present emperor, is reported to have said to his

council, "The age is embarrassed with new opinions; rely on me,

gentlemen, I shall oppose an iron will to the progress of liberal

opinions."

It is easy to see that this patriarchal or family management

gets to be rather troublesome to all but the papa; the sceptre comes

to be a crowbar. And this unpleasant egotism, Feudalism opposes, and

finally destroys. The king is compelled to call in the aid of his

brothers and cousins, and remote relations, to help him keep his

overgrown house in order; and this club of noblemen always come at

last to have a will of their own; they combine to brave the

sovereign, and call in the aid of the people. Each chief attaches as

many followers as he can, by kindness, maintenance, and gifts; and as

long as war lasts, the nobles, who must be soldiers, rule very well.

But when peace comes, the nobles prove very whimsical and

uncomfortable masters; their frolics turn out to be insulting and

degrading to the commoner. Feudalism grew to be a bandit and

brigand.

Meantime Trade had begun to appear: Trade, a plant which grows

wherever there is peace, as soon as there is peace, and as long as

there is peace. The luxury and necessity of the noble fostered it.

And as quickly as men go to foreign parts, in ships or caravans, a

new order of things springs up; new command takes place, new servants

and new masters. Their information, their wealth, their

correspondence, have made them quite other men than left their native

shore. _They_ are nobles now, and by another patent than the king’s.

Feudalism had been good, had broken the power of the kings, and had

some good traits of its own; but it had grown mischievous, it was

time for it to die, and, as they say of dying people, all its faults

came out. Trade was the strong man that broke it down, and raised a

new and unknown power in its place. It is a new agent in the world,

and one of great function; it is a very intellectual force. This

displaces physical strength, and instals computation, combination,

information, science, in its room. It calls out all force of a

certain kind that slumbered in the former dynasties. It is now in

the midst of its career. Feudalism is not ended yet. Our

governments still partake largely of that element. Trade goes to

make the governments insignificant, and to bring every kind of

faculty of every individual that can in any manner serve any person,

_on sale_. Instead of a huge Army and Navy, and Executive

Departments, it converts Government into an Intelligence-Office,

where every man may find what he wishes to buy, and expose what he

has to sell, not only produce and manufactures, but art, skill, and

intellectual and moral values. This is the good and this the evil of

trade, that it would put everything into market, talent, beauty,

virtue, and man himself.

By this means, however, it has done its work. It has its

faults, and will come to an end, as the others do. The philosopher

and lover of man have much harm to say of trade; but the historian

will see that trade was the principle of Liberty; that trade planted

America and destroyed Feudalism; that it makes peace and keeps peace,

and it will abolish slavery. We complain of its oppression of the

poor, and of its building up a new aristocracy on the ruins of the

aristocracy it destroyed. But the aristocracy of trade has no

permanence, is not entailed, was the result of toil and talent, the

result of merit of some kind, and is continually falling, like the

waves of the sea, before new claims of the same sort. Trade is an

instrument in the hands of that friendly Power which works for us in

our own despite. We design it thus and thus; it turns out otherwise

and far better. This beneficent tendency, omnipotent without

violence, exists and works. Every line of history inspires a

confidence that we shall not go far wrong; that things mend. That is

the moral of all we learn, that it warrants Hope, the prolific mother

of reforms. Our part is plainly not to throw ourselves across the

track, to block improvement, and sit till we are stone, but to watch

the uprise of successive mornings, and to conspire with the new works

of new days. Government has been a fossil; it should be a plant. I

conceive that the office of statute law should be to express, and not

to impede the mind of mankind. New thoughts, new things. Trade was

one instrument, but Trade is also but for a time, and must give way

to somewhat broader and better, whose signs are already dawning in

the sky.

3. I pass to speak of the signs of that which is the sequel of

trade.

In consequence of the revolution in the state of society

wrought by trade, Government in our times is beginning to wear a

clumsy and cumbrous appearance. We have already seen our way to

shorter methods. The time is full of good signs. Some of them shall

ripen to fruit. All this beneficent socialism is a friendly omen,

and the swelling cry of voices for the education of the people,

indicates that Government has other offices than those of banker and

executioner. Witness the new movements in the civilized world, the

Communism of France, Germany, and Switzerland; the Trades’ Unions;

the English League against the Corn Laws; and the whole _Industrial

Statistics_, so called. In Paris, the blouse, the badge of the

operative, has begun to make its appearance in the saloons. Witness,

too, the spectacle of three Communities which have within a very

short time sprung up within this Commonwealth, besides several others

undertaken by citizens of Massachusetts within the territory of other

States. These proceeded from a variety of motives, from an

impatience of many usages in common life, from a wish for greater

freedom than the manners and opinions of society permitted, but in

great part from a feeling that the true offices of the State, the

State had let fall to the ground; that in the scramble of parties for

the public purse, the main duties of government were omitted, — the

duty to instruct the ignorant, to supply the poor with work and with

good guidance. These communists preferred the agricultural life as

the most favorable condition for human culture; but they thought that

the farm, as we manage it, did not satisfy the right ambition of man.

The farmer after sacrificing pleasure, taste, freedom, thought, love,

to his work, turns out often a bankrupt, like the merchant. This

result might well seem astounding. All this drudgery, from

cockcrowing to starlight, for all these years, to end in mortgages

and the auctioneer’s flag, and removing from bad to worse. It is

time to have the thing looked into, and with a sifting criticism

ascertained who is the fool. It seemed a great deal worse, because

the farmer is living in the same town with men who pretend to know

exactly what he wants. On one side, is agricultural chemistry,

coolly exposing the nonsense of our spendthrift agriculture and

ruinous expense of manures, and offering, by means of a teaspoonful

of artificial guano, to turn a sandbank into corn; and, on the other,

the farmer, not only eager for the information, but with bad crops

and in debt and bankruptcy, for want of it. Here are Etzlers and

mechanical projectors, who, with the Fourierists, undoubtingly affirm

that the smallest union would make every man rich; — and, on the

other side, a multitude of poor men and women seeking work, and who

cannot find enough to pay their board. The science is confident, and

surely the poverty is real. If any means could be found to bring

these two together!

This was one design of the projectors of the Associations which

are now making their first feeble experiments. They were founded in

love, and in labor. They proposed, as you know, that all men should

take a part in the manual toil, and proposed to amend the condition

of men, by substituting harmonious for hostile industry. It was a

noble thought of Fourier, which gives a favorable idea of his system,

to distinguish in his Phalanx a class as the Sacred Band, by whom

whatever duties were disagreeable, and likely to be omitted, were to

be assumed.

At least, an economical success seemed certain for the

enterprise, and that agricultural association must, sooner or later,

fix the price of bread, and drive single farmers into association, in

self-defence; as the great commercial and manufacturing companies had

already done. The Community is only the continuation of the same

movement which made the joint-stock companies for manufactures,

mining, insurance, banking, and so forth. It has turned out cheaper

to make calico by companies; and it is proposed to plant corn, and to

bake bread by companies.

Undoubtedly, abundant mistakes will be made by these first

adventurers, which will draw ridicule on their schemes. I think, for

example, that they exaggerate the importance of a favorite project of

theirs, that of paying talent and labor at one rate, paying all sorts

of service at one rate, say ten cents the hour. They have paid it

so; but not an instant would a dime remain a dime. In one hand it

became an eagle as it fell, and in another hand a copper cent. For

the whole value of the dime is in knowing what to do with it. One

man buys with it a land-title of an Indian, and makes his posterity

princes; or buys corn enough to feed the world; or pen, ink, and

paper, or a painter’s brush, by which he can communicate himself to

the human race as if he were fire; and the other buys barley candy.

Money is of no value; it cannot spend itself. All depends on the

skill of the spender. Whether, too, the objection almost universally

felt by such women in the community as were mothers, to an associate

life, to a common table, and a common nursery, &c., setting a higher

value on the private family with poverty, than on an association with

wealth, will not prove insuperable, remains to be determined.

But the Communities aimed at a higher success in securing to

all their members an equal and thorough education. And on the whole,

one may say, that aims so generous, and so forced on them by the

times, will not be relinquished, even if these attempts fail, but

will be prosecuted until they succeed.

This is the value of the Communities; not what they have done,

but the revolution which they indicate as on the way. Yes,

Government must educate the poor man. Look across the country from

any hill-side around us, and the landscape seems to crave Government.

The actual differences of men must be acknowledged, and met with love

and wisdom. These rising grounds which command the champaign below,

seem to ask for lords, true lords, _land_-lords, who understand the

land and its uses, and the applicabilities of men, and whose

government would be what it should, namely, mediation between want

and supply. How gladly would each citizen pay a commission for the

support and continuation of good guidance. None should be a governor

who has not a talent for governing. Now many people have a native

skill for carving out business for many hands; a genius for the

disposition of affairs; and are never happier than when difficult

practical questions, which embarrass other men, are to be solved.

All lies in light before them; they are in their element. Could any

means be contrived to appoint only these! There really seems a

progress towards such a state of things, in which this work shall be

done by these natural workmen; and this, not certainly through any

increased discretion shown by the citizens at elections, but by the

gradual contempt into which official government falls, and the

increasing disposition of private adventurers to assume its fallen

functions. Thus the costly Post Office is likely to go into disuse

before the private transportation-shop of Harnden and his

competitors. The currency threatens to fall entirely into private

hands. Justice is continually administered more and more by private

reference, and not by litigation. We have feudal governments in a

commercial age. It would be but an easy extension of our commercial

system, to pay a private emperor a fee for services, as we pay an

architect, an engineer, or a lawyer. If any man has a talent for

righting wrong, for administering difficult affairs, for counselling

poor farmers how to turn their estates to good husbandry, for

combining a hundred private enterprises to a general benefit, let him

in the county-town, or in Court-street, put up his sign-board, Mr.

Smith, _Governor_, Mr. Johnson, _Working king_.

How can our young men complain of the poverty of things in New

England, and not feel that poverty as a demand on their charity to

make New England rich? Where is he who seeing a thousand men useless

and unhappy, and making the whole region forlorn by their inaction,

and conscious himself of possessing the faculty they want, does not

hear his call to go and be their king?

We must have kings, and we must have nobles. Nature provides

such in every society, — only let us have the real instead of the

titular. Let us have our leading and our inspiration from the best.

In every society some men are born to rule, and some to advise. Let

the powers be well directed, directed by love, and they would

everywhere be greeted with joy and honor. The chief is the chief all

the world over, only not his cap and his plume. It is only their

dislike of the pretender, which makes men sometimes unjust to the

accomplished man. If society were transparent, the noble would

everywhere be gladly received and accredited, and would not be asked

for his day’s work, but would be felt as benefit, inasmuch as he was

noble. That were his duty and stint, — to keep himself pure and

purifying, the leaven of his nation. I think I see place and duties

for a nobleman in every society; but it is not to drink wine and ride

in a fine coach, but to guide and adorn life for the multitude by

forethought, by elegant studies, by perseverance, self-devotion, and

the remembrance of the humble old friend, by making his life secretly

beautiful.

I call upon you, young men, to obey your heart, and be the

nobility of this land. In every age of the world, there has been a

leading nation, one of a more generous sentiment, whose eminent

citizens were willing to stand for the interests of general justice

and humanity, at the risk of being called, by the men of the moment,

chimerical and fantastic. Which should be that nation but these

States? Which should lead that movement, if not New England? Who

should lead the leaders, but the Young American? The people, and the

world, is now suffering from the want of religion and honor in its

public mind. In America, out of doors all seems a market; in doors,

an air-tight stove of conventionalism. Every body who comes into our

houses savors of these habits; the men, of the market; the women, of

the custom. I find no expression in our state papers or legislative

debate, in our lyceums or churches, specially in our newspapers, of a

high national feeling, no lofty counsels that rightfully stir the

blood. I speak of those organs which can be presumed to speak a

popular sense. They recommend conventional virtues, whatever will

earn and preserve property; always the capitalist; the college, the

church, the hospital, the theatre, the hotel, the road, the ship, of

the capitalist, — whatever goes to secure, adorn, enlarge these, is

good; what jeopardizes any of these, is damnable. The `opposition’

papers, so called, are on the same side. They attack the great

capitalist, but with the aim to make a capitalist of the poor man.

The opposition is against those who have money, from those who wish

to have money. But who announces to us in journal, or in pulpit, or

in the street, the secret of heroism,

"Man alone

Can perform the impossible?"

I shall not need to go into an enumeration of our national

defects and vices which require this Order of Censors in the state.

I might not set down our most proclaimed offences as the worst. It

is not often the worst trait that occasions the loudest outcry. Men

complain of their suffering, and not of the crime. I fear little

from the bad effect of Repudiation; I do not fear that it will

spread. Stealing is a suicidal business; you cannot repudiate but

once. But the bold face and tardy repentance permitted to this local

mischief, reveal a public mind so preoccupied with the love of gain,

that the common sentiment of indignation at fraud does not act with

its natural force. The more need of a withdrawal from the crowd, and

a resort to the fountain of right, by the brave. The timidity of our

public opinion, is our disease, or, shall I say, the publicness of

opinion, the absence of private opinion. Good-nature is plentiful,

but we want justice, with heart of steel, to fight down the proud.

The private mind has the access to the totality of goodness and

truth, that it may be a balance to a corrupt society; and to stand

for the private verdict against popular clamor, is the office of the

noble. If a humane measure is propounded in behalf of the slave, or

of the Irishman, or the Catholic, or for the succor of the poor, that

sentiment, that project, will have the homage of the hero. That is

his nobility, his oath of knighthood, to succor the helpless and

oppressed; always to throw himself on the side of weakness, of youth,

of hope, on the liberal, on the expansive side, never on the

defensive, the conserving, the timorous, the lock and bolt system.

More than our good-will we may not be able to give. We have our own

affairs, our own genius, which chains us to our proper work. We

cannot give our life to the cause of the debtor, of the slave, or the

pauper, as another is doing; but to one thing we are bound, not to

blaspheme the sentiment and the work of that man, not to throw

stumbling-blocks in the way of the abolitionist, the philanthropist,

as the organs of influence and opinion are swift to do. It is for us

to confide in the beneficent Supreme Power, and not to rely on our

money, and on the state because it is the guard of money. At this

moment, the terror of old people and of vicious people, is lest the

Union of these States be destroyed: as if the Union had any other

real basis than the good pleasure of a majority of the citizens to be

united. But the wise and just man will always feel that he stands on

his own feet; that he imparts strength to the state, not receives

security from it; and that if all went down, he and such as he would

quite easily combine in a new and better constitution. Every great

and memorable community has consisted of formidable individuals, who,

like the Roman or the Spartan, lent his own spirit to the state and

made it great. Yet only by the supernatural is a man strong; nothing

is so weak as an egotist. Nothing is mightier than we, when we are

vehicles of a truth before which the state and the individual are

alike ephemeral.

Gentlemen, the development of our American internal resources,

the extension to the utmost of the commercial system, and the

appearance of new moral causes which are to modify the state, are

giving an aspect of greatness to the Future, which the imagination

fears to open. One thing is plain for all men of common sense and

common conscience, that here, here in America, is the home of man.

After all the deductions which are to be made for our pitiful

politics, which stake every gravest national question on the silly

die, whether James or whether Jonathan shall sit in the chair and

hold the purse; after all the deduction is made for our frivolities

and insanities, there still remains an organic simplicity and

liberty, which, when it loses its balance, redresses itself

presently, which offers opportunity to the human mind not known in

any other region.

It is true, the public mind wants self-respect. We are full of

vanity, of which the most signal proof is our sensitiveness to

foreign and especially English censure. One cause of this is our

immense reading, and that reading chiefly confined to the productions

of the English press. It is also true, that, to imaginative persons

in this country, there is somewhat bare and bald in our short

history, and unsettled wilderness. They ask, who would live in a new

country, that can live in an old? and it is not strange that our

youths and maidens should burn to see the picturesque extremes of an

antiquated country. But it is one thing to visit the pyramids, and

another to wish to live there. Would they like tithes to the clergy,

and sevenths to the government, and horse-guards, and licensed press,

and grief when a child is born, and threatening, starved weavers, and

a pauperism now constituting one-thirteenth of the population?

Instead of the open future expanding here before the eye of every boy

to vastness, would they like the closing in of the future to a narrow

slit of sky, and that fast contracting to be no future? One thing,

for instance, the beauties of aristocracy, we commend to the study of

the travelling American. The English, the most conservative people

this side of India, are not sensible of the restraint, but an

American would seriously resent it. The aristocracy, incorporated by

law and education, degrades life for the unprivileged classes. It is

a questionable compensation to the embittered feeling of a proud

commoner, the reflection that a fop, who, by the magic of title,

paralyzes his arm, and plucks from him half the graces and rights of

a man, is himself also an aspirant excluded with the same

ruthlessness from higher circles, since there is no end to the wheels

within wheels of this spiral heaven. Something may be pardoned to

the spirit of loyalty when it becomes fantastic; and something to the

imagination, for the baldest life is symbolic. Philip II. of Spain

rated his ambassador for neglecting serious affairs in Italy, whilst

he debated some point of honor with the French ambassador; "You have

left a business of importance for a ceremony." The ambassador

replied, "Your majesty’s self is but a ceremony." In the East, where

the religious sentiment comes in to the support of the aristocracy,

and in the Romish church also, there is a grain of sweetness in the

tyranny; but in England, the fact seems to me intolerable, what is

commonly affirmed, that such is the transcendent honor accorded to

wealth and birth, that no man of letters, be his eminence what it

may, is received into the best society, except as a lion and a show.

The English have many virtues, many advantages, and the proudest

history of the world; but they need all, and more than all the

resources of the past to indemnify a heroic gentleman in that country

for the mortifications prepared for him by the system of society, and

which seem to impose the alternative to resist or to avoid it. That

there are mitigations and practical alleviations to this rigor, is

not an excuse for the rule. Commanding worth, and personal power,

must sit crowned in all companies, nor will extraordinary persons be

slighted or affronted in any company of civilized men. But the

system is an invasion of the sentiment of justice and the native

rights of men, which, however decorated, must lessen the value of

English citizenship. It is for Englishmen to consider, not for us;

we only say, let us live in America, too thankful for our want of

feudal institutions. Our houses and towns are like mosses and

lichens, so slight and new; but youth is a fault of which we shall

daily mend. This land, too, is as old as the Flood, and wants no

ornament or privilege which nature could bestow. Here stars, here

woods, here hills, here animals, here men abound, and the vast

tendencies concur of a new order. If only the men are employed in

conspiring with the designs of the Spirit who led us hither, and is

leading us still, we shall quickly enough advance out of all hearing

of other’s censures, out of all regrets of our own, into a new and

more excellent social state than history has recorded.

.

Why Cable Tv…

Salı, 06 Kasım 2007

Why Cable Tv…

Communication systems are being developed with the process of technological changing. By motion and sound people are learning most of the things and this is being proved by television, radio, telephone, mobile machines and space systems. Television has both motion and sound and also it has been keeping its importance however time passes and alternatives appears. The quality of what we see on televisions every day is being developed every time. Cable tv is one of the tv systems and it is being chosen because it has lots of advantages.

Cable Tv, in Turkie, began its process of progress in 1991 with 20 channels, now it has 44 channels with 550 thousand users and it is under control of Turk Telekom. Istanbul, Izmir, Antalya, Ankara, Bursa, Kayseri, Konya, Gaziantep are the ones which are using cable tv, now. Cable tv is trying to make its limits bigger and trying to reach everyone in Turkie by planning new projects.

Turk Telekom Istanbul Cable Tv Department Manager, Ismet Ozyurda, says that it is also not expensive to get cable tv. “You buy it only for once, you pay 14 million for the beginning, 3.5 million for every month and 3 million Turkish liras for once in three months. It, roughly, costs 21 million Turkish liras for one user to use forever”. Mr.Ozyurda says that it is optional to get cable tv for apartments or flats.

- 1 -

İc Lıterary Ethıcs

Salı, 06 Kasım 2007

ic LITERARY ETHICS

_An Oration delivered before the Literary Societies of

Dartmouth College, July 24, 1838_

GENTLEMEN,

The invitation to address you this day, with which you have

honored me, wall so welcome, that I made haste to obey it. A summons

to celebrate with scholars a literary festival, is so alluring to me,

as to overcome the doubts I might well entertain of my ability to

bring you any thought worthy of your attention. I have reached the

middle age of man; yet I believe I am not less glad or sanguine at

the meeting of scholars, than when, a boy, I first saw the graduates

of my own College assembled at their anniversary. Neither years nor

books have yet availed to extirpate a prejudice then rooted in me,

that a scholar is the favorite of Heaven and earth, the excellency of

his country, the happiest of men. His duties lead him directly into

the holy ground where other men’s aspirations only point. His

successes are occasions of the purest joy to all men. Eyes is he to

the blind; feet is he to the lame. His failures, if he is worthy,

are inlets to higher advantages. And because the scholar, by every

thought he thinks, extends his dominion into the general mind of men,

he is not one, but many. The few scholars in each country, whose

genius I know, seem to me not individuals, but societies; and, when

events occur of great import, I count over these representatives of

opinion, whom they will affect, as if I were counting nations. And,

even if his results were incommunicable; if they abode in his own

spirit; the intellect hath somewhat so sacred in its possessions,

that the fact of his existence and pursuits would be a happy omen.

Meantime I know that a very different estimate of the scholar’s

profession prevails in this country, and the importunity, with which

society presses its claim upon young men, tends to pervert the views

of the youth in respect to the culture of the intellect. Hence the

historical failure, on which Europe and America have so freely

commented. This country has not fulfilled what seemed the reasonable

expectation of mankind. Men looked, when all feudal straps and

bandages were snapped asunder, that nature, too long the mother of

dwarfs, should reimburse itself by a brood of Titans, who should

laugh and leap in the continent, and run up the mountains of the West

with the errand of genius and of love. But the mark of American

merit in painting, in sculpture, in poetry, in fiction, in eloquence,

seems to be a certain grace without grandeur, and itself not new but

derivative; a vase of fair outline, but empty, — which whoso sees,

may fill with what wit and character is in him, but which does not,

like the charged cloud, overflow with terrible beauty, and emit

lightnings on all beholders.

I will not lose myself in the desultory questions, what are the

limitations, and what the causes of the fact. It suffices me to say,

in general, that the diffidence of mankind in the soul has crept over

the American mind; that men here, as elsewhere, are indisposed to

innovation, and prefer any antiquity, any usage, any livery

productive of ease or profit, to the unproductive service of thought.

Yet, in every sane hour, the service of thought appears

reasonable, the despotism of the senses insane. The scholar may lose

himself in schools, in words, and become a pedant; but when he

comprehends his duties, he above all men is a realist, and converses

with things. For, the scholar is the student of the world, and of

what worth the world is, and with what emphasis it accosts the soul

of man, such is the worth, such the call of the scholar.

The want of the times, and the propriety of this anniversary,

concur to draw attention to the doctrine of Literary Ethics. What I

have to say on that doctrine distributes itself under the topics of

the resources, the subject, and the discipline of the scholar.

I. The resources of the scholar are proportioned to his

confidence in the attributes of the Intellect. The resources of the

scholar are co-extensive with nature and truth, yet can never be his,

unless claimed by him with an equal greatness of mind. He cannot

know them until he has beheld with awe the infinitude and

impersonality of the intellectual power. When he has seen, that it

is not his, nor any man’s, but that it is the soul which made the

world, and that it is all accessible to him, he will know that he, as

its minister, may rightfully hold all things subordinate and

answerable to it. A divine pilgrim in nature, all things attend his

steps. Over him stream the flying constellations; over him streams

Time, as they, scarcely divided into months and years. He inhales

the year as a vapor: its fragrant midsummer breath, its sparkling

January heaven. And so pass into his mind, in bright

transfiguration, the grand events of history, to take a new order and

scale from him. He is the world; and the epochs and heroes of

chronology are pictorial images, in which his thoughts are told.

There is no event but sprung somewhere from the soul of man; and

therefore there is none but the soul of man can interpret. Every

presentiment of the mind is executed somewhere in a gigantic fact.

What else is Greece, Rome, England, France, St. Helena? What else

are churches, literatures, and empires? The new man must feel that

he is new, and has not come into the world mortgaged to the opinions

and usages of Europe, and Asia, and Egypt. The sense of spiritual

independence is like the lovely varnish of the dew, whereby the old,

hard, peaked earth, and its old self-same productions, are made new

every morning, and shining with the last touch of the artist’s hand.

A false humility, a complaisance to reigning schools, or to the

wisdom of antiquity, must not defraud me of supreme possession of

this hour. If any person have less love of liberty, and less

jealousy to guard his integrity, shall he therefore dictate to you

and me? Say to such doctors, We are thankful to you, as we are to

history, to the pyramids, and the authors; but now our day is come;

we have been born out of the eternal silence; and now will we live,

– live for ourselves, — and not as the pall-bearers of a funeral,

but as the upholders and creators of our age; and neither Greece nor

Rome, nor the three Unities of Aristotle, nor the three Kings of

Cologne, nor the College of the Sorbonne, nor the Edinburgh Review,

is to command any longer. Now that we are here, we will put our own

interpretation on things, and our own things for interpretation.

Please himself with complaisance who will, — for me, things must

take my scale, not I theirs. I will say with the warlike king, "God

gave me this crown, and the whole world shall not take it away."

The whole value of history, of biography, is to increase my

self-trust, by demonstrating what man can be and do. This is the

moral of the Plutarchs, the Cudworths, the Tennemanns, who give us

the story of men or of opinions. Any history of philosophy fortifies

my faith, by showing me, that what high dogmas I had supposed were

the rare and late fruit of a cumulative culture, and only now

possible to some recent Kant or Fichte, — were the prompt

improvisations of the earliest inquirers; of Parmenides, Heraclitus,

and Xenophanes. In view of these students, the soul seems to

whisper, `There is a better way than this indolent learning of

another. Leave me alone; do not teach me out of Leibnitz or

Schelling, and I shall find it all out myself.’

Still more do we owe to biography the fortification of our

hope. If you would know the power of character, see how much you

would impoverish the world, if you could take clean out of history

the lives of Milton, Shakspeare, and Plato, — these three, and cause

them not to be. See you not, how much less the power of man would

be? I console myself in the poverty of my thoughts; in the paucity

of great men, in the malignity and dulness of the nations, by falling

back on these sublime recollections, and seeing what the prolific

soul could beget on actual nature; — seeing that Plato was, and

Shakspeare, and Milton, — three irrefragable facts. Then I dare; I

also will essay to be. The humblest, the most hopeless, in view of

these radiant facts, may now theorize and hope. In spite of all the

rueful abortions that squeak and gibber in the street, in spite of

slumber and guilt, in spite of the army, the bar-room, and the jail,

_have been_ these glorious manifestations of the mind; and I will

thank my great brothers so truly for the admonition of their being,

as to endeavor also to be just and brave, to aspire and to speak.

Plotinus too, and Spinoza, and the immortal bards of philosophy, –

that which they have written out with patient courage, makes me bold.

No more will I dismiss, with haste, the visions which flash and

sparkle across my sky; but observe them, approach them, domesticate

them, brood on them, and draw out of the past, genuine life for the

present hour.

To feel the full value of these lives, as occasions of hope and

provocation, you must come to know, that each admirable genius is but

a successful diver in that sea whose floor of pearls is all your own.

The impoverishing philosophy of ages has laid stress on the

distinctions of the individual, and not on the universal attributes

of man. The youth, intoxicated with his admiration of a hero, fails

to see, that it is only a projection of his own soul, which he

admires. In solitude, in a remote village, the ardent youth loiters

and mourns. With inflamed eye, in this sleeping wilderness, he has

read the story of the Emperor Charles the Fifth, until his fancy has

brought home to the surrounding woods, the faint roar of cannonades

in the Milanese, and marches in Germany. He is curious concerning

that man’s day. What filled it? the crowded orders, the stern

decisions, the foreign despatches, the Castilian etiquette? The soul

answers — Behold his day here! In the sighing of these woods, in

the quiet of these gray fields, in the cool breeze that sings out of

these northern mountains; in the workmen, the boys, the maidens, you

meet, — in the hopes of the morning, the ennui of noon, and

sauntering of the afternoon; in the disquieting comparisons; in the

regrets at want of vigor; in the great idea, and the puny execution;

– behold Charles the Fifth’s day; another, yet the same; behold

Chatham’s, Hampden’s, Bayard’s, Alfred’s, Scipio’s, Pericles’s day,

– day of all that are born of women. The difference of circumstance

is merely costume. I am tasting the self-same life, — its

sweetness, its greatness, its pain, which I so admire in other men.

Do not foolishly ask of the inscrutable, obliterated past, what it

cannot tell, — the details of that nature, of that day, called

Byron, or Burke; — but ask it of the enveloping Now; the more

quaintly you inspect its evanescent beauties, its wonderful details,

its spiritual causes, its astounding whole, — so much the more you

master the biography of this hero, and that, and every hero. Be lord

of a day, through wisdom and justice, and you can put up your history

books.

An intimation of these broad rights is familiar in the sense of

injury which men feel in the assumption of any man to limit their

possible progress. We resent all criticism, which denies us any

thing that lies in our line of advance. Say to the man of letters,

that he cannot paint a Transfiguration, or build a steamboat, or be a

grand-marshal, — and he will not seem to himself depreciated. But

deny to him any quality of literary or metaphysical power, and he is

piqued. Concede to him genius, which is a sort of Stoical _plenum_

annulling the comparative, and he is content; but concede him talents

never so rare, denying him genius, and he is aggrieved. What does

this mean? Why simply, that the soul has assurance, by instincts and

presentiments, of _all_ power in the direction of its ray, as well as

of the special skills it has already acquired.

In order to a knowledge of the resources of the scholar, we

must not rest in the use of slender accomplishments, — of faculties

to do this and that other feat with words; but we must pay our vows

to the highest power, and pass, if it be possible, by assiduous love

and watching, into the visions of absolute truth. The growth of the

intellect is strictly analogous in all individuals. It is larger

reception. Able men, in general, have good dispositions, and a

respect for justice; because an able man is nothing else than a good,

free, vascular organization, whereinto the universal spirit freely

flows; so that his fund of justice is not only vast, but infinite.

All men, in the abstract, are just and good; what hinders them, in

the particular, is, the momentary predominance of the finite and

individual over the general truth. The condition of our incarnation

in a private self, seems to be, a perpetual tendency to prefer the

private law, to obey the private impulse, to the exclusion of the law

of universal being. The hero is great by means of the predominance

of the universal nature; he has only to open his mouth, and it

speaks; he has only to be forced to act, and it acts. All men catch

the word, or embrace the deed, with the heart, for it is verily

theirs as much as his; but in them this disease of an excess of

organization cheats them of equal issues. Nothing is more simple

than greatness; indeed, to be simple is to be great. The vision of

genius comes by renouncing the too officious activity of the

understanding, and giving leave and amplest privilege to the

spontaneous sentiment. Out of this must all that is alive and genial

in thought go. Men grind and grind in the mill of a truism, and

nothing comes out but what was put in. But the moment they desert

the tradition for a spontaneous thought, then poetry, wit, hope,

virtue, learning, anecdote, all flock to their aid. Observe the

phenomenon of extempore debate. A man of cultivated mind, but

reserved habits, sitting silent, admires the miracle of free,

impassioned, picturesque speech, in the man addressing an assembly;

– a state of being and power, how unlike his own! Presently his own

emotion rises to his lips, and overflows in speech. He must also

rise and say somewhat. Once embarked, once having overcome the

novelty of the situation, he finds it just as easy and natural to

speak, — to speak with thoughts, with pictures, with rhythmical

balance of sentences, — as it was to sit silent; for, it needs not

to do, but to suffer; he only adjusts himself to the free spirit

which gladly utters itself through him; and motion is as easy as

rest.

II. I pass now to consider the task offered to the intellect of

this country. The view I have taken of the resources of the scholar,

presupposes a subject as broad. We do not seem to have imagined its

riches. We have not heeded the invitation it holds out. To be as

good a scholar as Englishmen are; to have as much learning as our

contemporaries; to have written a book that is read; satisfies us.

We assume, that all thought is already long ago adequately set down

in books, — all imaginations in poems; and what we say, we only

throw in as confirmatory of this supposed complete body of

literature. A very shallow assumption. Say rather, all literature

is yet to be written. Poetry has scarce chanted its first song. The

perpetual admonition of nature to us, is, `The world is new, untried.

Do not believe the past. I give you the universe a virgin to-day.’

By Latin and English poetry, we were born and bred in an

oratorio of praises of nature, — flowers, birds, mountains, sun, and

moon; — yet the naturalist of this hour finds that he knows nothing,

by all their poems, of any of these fine things; that he has

conversed with the mere surface and show of them all; and of their

essence, or of their history, knows nothing. Further inquiry will

discover that nobody, — that not these chanting poets themselves,

knew any thing sincere of these handsome natures they so commended;

that they contented themselves with the passing chirp of a bird, that

they saw one or two mornings, and listlessly looked at sunsets, and

repeated idly these few glimpses in their song. But go into the

forest, you shall find all new and undescribed. The screaming of the

wild geese flying by night; the thin note of the companionable

titmouse, in the winter day; the fall of swarms of flies, in autumn,

from combats high in the air, pattering down on the leaves like rain;

the angry hiss of the wood-birds; the pine throwing out its pollen

for the benefit of the next century; the turpentine exuding from the

tree; — and, indeed, any vegetation; any animation; any and all, are

alike unattempted. The man who stands on the seashore, or who

rambles in the woods, seems to be the first man that ever stood on

the shore, or entered a grove, his sensations and his world are so

novel and strange. Whilst I read the poets, I think that nothing new

can be said about morning and evening. But when I see the daybreak,

I am not reminded of these Homeric, or Shakspearian, or Miltonic, or

Chaucerian pictures. No; but I feel perhaps the pain of an alien

world; a world not yet subdued by the thought; or, I am cheered by

the moist, warm, glittering, budding, melodious hour, that takes down

the narrow walls of my soul, and extends its life and pulsation to

the very horizon. _That_ is morning, to cease for a bright hour to

be a prisoner of this sickly body, and to become as large as nature.

The noonday darkness of the American forest, the deep, echoing,

aboriginal woods, where the living columns of the oak and fir tower

up from the ruins of the trees of the last millennium; where, from

year to year, the eagle and the crow see no intruder; the pines,

bearded with savage moss, yet touched with grace by the violets at

their feet; the broad, cold lowland, which forms its coat of vapor

with the stillness of subterranean crystallization; and where the

traveller, amid the repulsive plants that are native in the swamp,

thinks with pleasing terror of the distant town; this beauty, –

haggard and desert beauty, which the sun and the moon, the snow and

the rain, repaint and vary, has never been recorded by art, yet is

not indifferent to any passenger. All men are poets at heart. They

serve nature for bread, but her loveliness overcomes them sometimes.

What mean these journeys to Niagara; these pilgrims to the White

Hills? Men believe in the adaptations of utility, always: in the

mountains, they may believe in the adaptations of the eye.

Undoubtedly, the changes of geology have a relation to the prosperous

sprouting of the corn and peas in my kitchen garden; but not less is

there a relation of beauty between my soul and the dim crags of

Agiocochook up there in the clouds. Every man, when this is told,

hearkens with joy, and yet his own conversation with nature is still

unsung.

Is it otherwise with civil history? Is it not the lesson of

our experience that every man, were life long enough, would write

history for himelf? What else do these volumes of extracts and

manuscript commentaries, that every scholar writes, indicate? Greek

history is one thing to me; another to you. Since the birth of

Niebuhr and Wolf, Roman and Greek History have been written anew.

Since Carlyle wrote French History, we see that no history, that we

have, is safe, but a new classifier shall give it new and more

philosophical arrangement. Thucydides, Livy, have only provided

materials. The moment a man of genius pronounces the name of the

Pelasgi, of Athens, of the Etrurian, of the Roman people, we see

their state under a new aspect. As in poetry and history, so in the

other departments. There are few masters or none. Religion is yet

to be settled on its fast foundations in the breast of man; and

politics, and philosophy, and letters, and art. As yet we have

nothing but tendency and indication.

This starting, this warping of the best literary works from the

adamant of nature, is especially observable in philosophy. Let it

take what tone of pretension it will, to this complexion must it

come, at last. Take, for example, the French Eclecticism, which

Cousin esteems so conclusive; there is an optical illusion in it. It

avows great pretensions. It looks as if they had all truth, in

taking all the systems, and had nothing to do, but to sift and wash

and strain, and the gold and diamonds would remain in the last

colander. But, Truth is such a flyaway, such a slyboots, so

untransportable and unbarrelable a commodity, that it is as bad to

catch as light. Shut the shutters never so quick, to keep all the

light in, it is all in vain; it is gone before you can cry, Hold.

And so it happens with our philosophy. Translate, collate, distil

all the systems, it steads you nothing; for truth will not be

compelled, in any mechanical manner. But the first observation you

make, in the sincere act of your nature, though on the veriest

trifle, may open a new view of nature and of man, that, like a

menstruum, shall dissolve all theories in it; shall take up Greece,

Rome, Stoicism, Eclecticism, and what not, as mere data and food for

analysis, and dispose of your world-containing system, as a very

little unit. A profound thought, anywhere, classifies all things: a

profound thought will lift Olympus. The book of philosophy is only a

fact, and no more inspiring fact than another, and no less; but a

wise man will never esteem it anything final and transcending. Go

and talk with a man of genius, and the first word he utters, sets all

your so-called knowledge afloat and at large. Then Plato, Bacon,

Kant, and the Eclectic Cousin, condescend instantly to be men and

mere facts.

I by no means aim, in these remarks, to disparage the merit of

these or of any existing compositions; I only say that any particular

portraiture does not in any manner exclude or fore-stall a new

attempt, but, when considered by the soul, warps and shrinks away.

The inundation of the spirit sweeps away before it all our little

architecture of wit and memory, as straws and straw-huts before the

torrent. Works of the intellect are great only by comparison with

each other; Ivanhoe and Waverley compared with Castle Radcliffe and

the Porter novels; but nothing is great, — not mighty Homer and

Milton, — beside the infinite Reason. It carries them away as a

flood. They are as a sleep.

Thus is justice done to each generation and individual, –

wisdom teaching man that he shall not hate, or fear, or mimic his

ancestors; that he shall not bewail himself, as if the world was old,

and thought was spent, and he was born into the dotage of things;

for, by virtue of the Deity, thought renews itself inexhaustibly

every day, and the thing whereon it shines, though it were dust and

sand, is a new subject with countless relations.

III. Having thus spoken of the resources and the subject of the

scholar, out of the same faith proceeds also the rule of his ambition

and life. Let him know that the world is his, but he must possess it

by putting himself into harmony with the constitution of things. He

must be a solitary, laborious, modest, and charitable soul.

He must embrace solitude as a bride. He must have his glees

and his glooms alone. His own estimate must be measure enough, his

own praise reward enough for him. And why must the student be

solitary and silent? That he may become acquainted with his

thoughts. If he pines in a lonely place, hankering for the crowd,

for display, he is not in the lonely place; his heart is in the

market; he does not see; he does not hear; he does not think. But go

cherish your soul; expel companions; set your habits to a life of

solitude; then, will the faculties rise fair and full within, like

forest trees and field flowers; you will have results, which, when

you meet your fellow-men, you can communicate, and they will gladly

receive. Do not go into solitude only that you may presently come

into public. Such solitude denies itself; is public and stale. The

public can get public experience, but they wish the scholar to

replace to them those private, sincere, divine experiences, of which

they have been defrauded by dwelling in the street. It is the noble,

manlike, just thought, which is the superiority demanded of you, and

not crowds but solitude confers this elevation. Not insulation of

place, but independence of spirit is essential, and it is only as the

garden, the cottage, the forest, and the rock, are a sort of

mechanical aids to this, that they are of value. Think alone, and

all places are friendly and sacred. The poets who have lived in

cities have been hermits still. Inspiration makes solitude anywhere.

Pindar, Raphael, Angelo, Dryden, De Stael, dwell in crowds, it may

be, but the instant thought comes, the crowd grows dim to their eye;

their eye fixes on the horizon, — on vacant space; they forget the

bystanders; they spurn personal relations; they deal with

abstractions, with verities, with ideas. They are alone with the

mind.

Of course, I would not have any superstition about solitude.

Let the youth study the uses of solitude and of society. Let him use

both, not serve either. The reason why an ingenious soul shuns

society, is to the end of finding society. It repudiates the false,

out of love of the true. You can very soon learn all that society

can teach you for one while. Its foolish routine, an indefinite

multiplication of balls, concerts, rides, theatres, can teach you no

more than a few can. Then accept the hint of shame, of spiritual

emptiness and waste, which true nature gives you, and retire, and

hide; lock the door; shut the shutters; then welcome falls the

imprisoning rain, — dear hermitage of nature. Re-collect the

spirits. Have solitary prayer and praise. Digest and correct the

past experience; and blend it with the new and divine life.

You will pardon me, Gentlemen, if I say, I think that we have

need of a more rigorous scholastic rule; such an asceticism, I mean,

as only the hardihood and devotion of the scholar himself can

enforce. We live in the sun and on the surface, — a thin,

plausible, superficial existence, and talk of muse and prophet, of

art and creation. But out of our shallow and frivolous way of life,

how can greatness ever grow? Come now, let us go and be dumb. Let

us sit with our hands on our mouths, a long, austere, Pythagorean

lustrum. Let us live in corners, and do chores, and suffer, and

weep, and drudge, with eyes and hearts that love the Lord. Silence,

seclusion, austerity, may pierce deep into the grandeur and secret of

our being, and so diving, bring up out of secular darkness, the

sublimities of the moral constitution. How mean to go blazing, a

gaudy butterfly, in fashionable or political saloons, the fool of

society, the fool of notoriety, a topic for newspapers, a piece of

the street, and forfeiting the real prerogative of the russet coat,

the privacy, and the true and warm heart of the citizen!

Fatal to the man of letters, fatal to man, is the lust of

display, the seeming that unmakes our being. A mistake of the main

end to which they labor, is incident to literary men, who, dealing

with the organ of language, — the subtlest, strongest, and

longest-lived of man’s creations, and only fitly used as the weapon

of thought and of justice, — learn to enjoy the pride of playing

with this splendid engine, but rob it of its almightiness by failing

to work with it. Extricating themselves from the tasks of the world,

the world revenges itself by exposing, at every turn, the folly of

these incomplete, pedantic, useless, ghostly creatures. The scholar

will feel, that the richest romance, — the noblest fiction that was

ever woven, — the heart and soul of beauty, — lies enclosed in

human life. Itself of surpassing value, it is also the richest

material for his creations. How shall he know its secrets of

tenderness, of terror, of will, and of fate? How can he catch and

keep the strain of upper music that peals from it? Its laws are

concealed under the details of daily action. All action is an

experiment upon them. He must bear his share of the common load. He

must work with men in houses, and not with their names in books. His

needs, appetites, talents, affections, accomplishments, are keys that

open to him the beautiful museum of human life. Why should he read

it as an Arabian tale, and not know, in his own beating bosom, its

sweet and smart? Out of love and hatred, out of earnings, and

borrowings, and lendings, and losses; out of sickness and pain; out

of wooing and worshipping; out of travelling, and voting, and

watching, and caring; out of disgrace and contempt, comes our tuition

in the serene and beautiful laws. Let him not slur his lesson; let

him learn it by heart. Let him endeavor exactly, bravely, and

cheerfully, to solve the problem of that life which is set before

_him_. And this, by punctual action, and not by promises or dreams.

Believing, as in God, in the presence and favor of the grandest

influences, let him deserve that favor, and learn how to receive and

use it, by fidelity also to the lower observances.

This lesson is taught with emphasis in the life of the great

actor of this age, and affords the explanation of his success.

Bonaparte represents truly a great recent revolution, which we in

this country, please God, shall carry to its farthest consummation.

Not the least instructive passage in modern history, seems to me a

trait of Napoleon, exhibited to the English when he became their

prisoner. On coming on board the Bellerophon, a file of English

soldiers drawn up on deck, gave him a military salute. Napoleon

observed, that their manner of handling their arms differed from the

French exercise, and, putting aside the guns of those nearest him,

walked up to a soldier, took his gun, and himself went through the

motion in the French mode. The English officers and men looked on

with astonishment, and inquired if such familiarity was usual with

the Emperor.

In this instance, as always, that man, with whatever defects or

vices, represented performance in lieu of pretension. Feudalism and

Orientalism had long enough thought it majestic to do nothing; the

modern majesty consists in work. He belonged to a class, fast

growing in the world, who think, that what a man can do is his

greatest ornament, and that he always consults his dignity by doing

it. He was not a believer in luck; he had a faith, like sight, in

the application of means to ends. Means to ends, is the motto of all

his behavior. He believed that the great captains of antiquity

performed their exploits only by correct combinations, and by justly

comparing the relation between means and consequences; efforts and

obstacles. The vulgar call good fortune that which really is

produced by the calculations of genius. But Napoleon, thus faithful

to facts, had also this crowning merit; that, whilst he believed in

number and weight, and omitted no part of prudence, he believed also

in the freedom and quite incalculable force of the soul. A man of

infinite caution, he neglected never the least particular of

preparation, of patient adaptation; yet nevertheless he had a sublime

confidence, as in his all, in the sallies of the courage, and the

faith in his destiny, which, at the right moment, repaired all

losses, and demolished cavalry, infantry, king, and kaisar, as with

irresistible thunderbolts. As they say the bough of the tree has the

character of the leaf, and the whole tree of the bough, so, it is

curious to remark, Bonaparte’s army partook of this double strength

of the captain; for, whilst strictly supplied in all its

appointments, and everything expected from the valor and discipline

of every platoon, in flank and centre, yet always remained his total

trust in the prodigious revolutions of fortune, which his reserved

Imperial Guard were capable of working, if, in all else, the day was

lost. Here he was sublime. He no longer calculated the chance of

the cannon-ball. He was faithful to tactics to the uttermost, — and

when all tactics had come to an end, then, he dilated, and availed

himself of the mighty saltations of the most formidable soldiers in

nature.

Let the scholar appreciate this combination of gifts, which,

applied to better purpose, make true wisdom. He is a revealer of

things. Let him first learn the things. Let him not, too eager to

grasp some badge of reward, omit the work to be done. Let him know,

that, though the success of the market is in the reward, true success

is the doing; that, in the private obedience to his mind; in the

sedulous inquiry, day after day, year after year, to know how the

thing stands; in the use of all means, and most in the reverence of

the humble commerce and humble needs of life, — to hearken what

_they_ say, and so, by mutual reaction of thought and life, to make

thought solid, and life wise; and in a contempt for the gabble of

to-day’s opinions, the secret of the world is to be learned, and the

skill truly to unfold it is acquired. Or, rather, is it not, that,

by this discipline, the usurpation of the senses is overcome, and the

lower faculties of man are subdued to docility; through which, as an

unobstructed channel, the soul now easily and gladly flows?

The good scholar will not refuse to bear the yoke in his youth;

to know, if he can, the uttermost secret of toil and endurance; to

make his own hands acquainted with the soil by which he is fed, and

the sweat that goes before comfort and luxury. Let him pay his

tithe, and serve the world as a true and noble man; never forgetting

to worship the immortal divinities, who whisper to the poet, and make

him the utterer of melodies that pierce the ear of eternal time. If

he have this twofold goodness, — the drill and the inspiration, –

then he has health; then he is a whole, and not a fragment; and the

perfection of his endowment will appear in his compositions. Indeed,

this twofold merit characterizes ever the productions of great

masters. The man of genius should occupy the whole space between God

or pure mind, and the multitude of uneducated men. He must draw from

the infinite Reason, on one side; and he must penetrate into the

heart and sense of the crowd, on the other. From one, he must draw

his strength; to the other, he must owe his aim. The one yokes him

to the real; the other, to the apparent. At one pole, is Reason; at

the other, Common Sense. If he be defective at either extreme of the

scale, his philosophy will seem low and utilitarian; or it will

appear too vague and indefinite for the uses of life.

The student, as we all along insist, is great only by being

passive to the superincumbent spirit. Let this faith, then, dictate

all his action. Snares and bribes abound to mislead him; let him be

true nevertheless. His success has its perils too. There is

somewhat inconvenient and injurious in his position. They whom his

thoughts have entertained or inflamed, seek him before yet they have

learned the hard conditions of thought. They seek him, that he may

turn his lamp on the dark riddles whose solution they think is

inscribed on the walls of their being. They find that he is a poor,

ignorant man, in a white-seamed, rusty coat, like themselves, no wise

emitting a continuous stream of light, but now and then a jet of

luminous thought, followed by total darkness; moreover, that he

cannot make of his infrequent illumination a portable taper to carry

whither he would, and explain now this dark riddle, now that. Sorrow

ensues. The scholar regrets to damp the hope of ingenuous boys; and

the youth has lost a star out of his new flaming firmament. Hence

the temptation to the scholar to mystify; to hear the question; to

sit upon it; to make an answer of words, in lack of the oracle of

things. Not the less let him be cold and true, and wait in patience,

knowing that truth can make even silence eloquent and memorable.

Truth shall be policy enough for him. Let him open his breast to all

honest inquiry, and be an artist superior to tricks of art. Show

frankly as a saint would do, your experience, methods, tools, and

means. Welcome all comers to the freest use of the same. And out of

this superior frankness and charity, you shall learn higher secrets

of your nature, which gods will bend and aid you to communicate.

If, with a high trust, he can thus submit himself, he will find

that ample returns are poured into his bosom, out of what seemed

hours of obstruction and loss. Let him not grieve too much on

account of unfit associates. When he sees how much thought he owes

to the disagreeable antagonism of various persons who pass and cross

him, he can easily think that in a society of perfect sympathy, no

word, no act, no record, would be. He will learn, that it is not

much matter what he reads, what he does. Be a scholar, and he shall

have the scholar’s part of every thing. As, in the counting-room,

the merchant cares little whether the cargo be hides or barilla; the

transaction, a letter of credit or a transfer of stocks; be it what

it may, his commission comes gently out of it; so you shall get your

lesson out of the hour, and the object, whether it be a concentrated

or a wasteful employment, even in reading a dull book, or working off

a stint of mechanical day labor, which your necessities or the

necessities of others impose.

Gentlemen, I have ventured to offer you these considerations

upon the scholar’s place, and hope, because I thought, that,

standing, as many of you now do, on the threshold of this College,

girt and ready to go and assume tasks, public and private, in your

country, you would not be sorry to be admonished of those primary

duties of the intellect, whereof you will seldom hear from the lips

of your new companions. You will hear every day the maxims of a low

prudence. You will hear, that the first duty is to get land and

money, place and name. `What is this Truth you seek? what is this

Beauty?’ men will ask, with derision. If, nevertheless, God have

called any of you to explore truth and beauty, be bold, be firm, be

true. When you shall say, `As others do, so will I: I renounce, I am

sorry for it, my early visions; I must eat the good of the land, and

let learning and romantic expectations go, until a more convenient

season;’ — then dies the man in you; then once more perish the buds

of art, and poetry, and science, as they have died already in a

thousand thousand men. The hour of that choice is the crisis of your

history; and see that you hold yourself fast by the intellect. It is

this domineering temper of the sensual world, that creates the

extreme need of the priests of science; and it is the office and

right of the intellect to make and not take its estimate. Bend to

the persuasion which is flowing to you from every object in nature,

to be its tongue to the heart of man, and to show the besotted world

how passing fair is wisdom. Forewarned that the vice of the times

and the country is an excessive pretension, let us seek the shade,

and find wisdom in neglect. Be content with a little light, so it be

your own. Explore, and explore. Be neither chided nor flattered out

of your position of perpetual inquiry. Neither dogmatize, nor accept

another’s dogmatism. Why should you renounce your right to traverse

the star-lit deserts of truth, for the premature comforts of an acre,

house, and barn? Truth also has its roof, and bed, and board. Make

yourself necessary to the world, and mankind will give you bread, and

if not store of it, yet such as shall not takeaway your property in

all men’s possessions, in all men’s affections, in art, in nature,

and in hope.

You will not fear, that I am enjoining too stern an asceticism.

Ask not, Of what use is a scholarship that systematically retreats?

or, Who is the better for the philosopher who conceals his

accomplishments, and hides his thoughts from the waiting world?

Hides his thoughts! Hide the sun and moon. Thought is all light,

and publishes itself to the universe. It will speak, though you were

dumb, by its own miraculous organ. It will flow out of your actions,

your manners, and your face. It will bring you friendships. It will

impledge you to truth by the love and expectation of generous minds.

By virtue of the laws of that Nature, which is one and perfect, it

shall yield every sincere good that is in the soul, to the scholar

beloved of earth and heaven.

.

Man The Reformer

Salı, 06 Kasım 2007

MAN THE REFORMER

_A Lecture read before the Mechanics’ Apprentices’ Library

Association, Boston, January 25, 1841_

Mr. President, and Gentlemen,

I wish to offer to your consideration some thoughts on the

particular and general relations of man as a reformer. I shall

assume that the aim of each young man in this association is the very

highest that belongs to a rational mind. Let it be granted, that our

life, as we lead it, is common and mean; that some of those offices

and functions for which we were mainly created are grown so rare in

society, that the memory of them is only kept alive in old books and

in dim traditions; that prophets and poets, that beautiful and

perfect men, we are not now, no, nor have even seen such; that some

sources of human instruction are almost unnamed and unknown among us;

that the community in which we live will hardly bear to be told that

every man should be open to ecstasy or a divine illumination, and his

daily walk elevated by intercourse with the spiritual world. Grant

all this, as we must, yet I suppose none of my auditors will deny

that we ought to seek to establish ourselves in such disciplines and

courses as will deserve that guidance and clearer communication with

the spiritual nature. And further, I will not dissemble my hope,

that each person whom I address has felt his own call to cast aside

all evil customs, timidities, and limitations, and to be in his place

a free and helpful man, a reformer, a benefactor, not content to slip

along through the world like a footman or a spy, escaping by his

nimbleness and apologies as many knocks as he can, but a brave and

upright man, who must find or cut a straight road to everything

excellent in the earth, and not only go honorably himself, but make

it easier for all who follow him, to go in honor and with benefit.

In the history of the world the doctrine of Reform had never

such scope as at the present hour. Lutherans, Hernhutters, Jesuits,

Monks, Quakers, Knox, Wesley, Swedenborg, Bentham, in their

accusations of society, all respected something, — church or state,

literature or history, domestic usages, the market town, the dinner

table, coined money. But now all these and all things else hear the

trumpet, and must rush to judgment, — Christianity, the laws,

commerce, schools, the farm, the laboratory; and not a kingdom, town,

statute, rite, calling, man, or woman, but is threatened by the new

spirit.

What if some of the objections whereby our institutions are

assailed are extreme and speculative, and the reformers tend to

idealism; that only shows the extravagance of the abuses which have

driven the mind into the opposite extreme. It is when your facts and

persons grow unreal and fantastic by too much falsehood, that the

scholar flies for refuge to the world of ideas, and aims to recruit

and replenish nature from that source. Let ideas establish their

legitimate sway again in society, let life be fair and poetic, and

the scholars will gladly be lovers, citizens, and philanthropists.

It will afford no security from the new ideas, that the old

nations, the laws of centuries, the property and institutions of a

hundred cities, are built on other foundations. The demon of reform

has a secret door into the heart of every lawmaker, of every

inhabitant of every city. The fact, that a new thought and hope have

dawned in your breast, should apprize you that in the same hour a new

light broke in upon a thousand private hearts. That secret which you

would fain keep, — as soon as you go abroad, lo! there is one

standing on the doorstep, to tell you the same. There is not the

most bronzed and sharpened money-catcher, who does not, to your

consternation, almost, quail and shake the moment he hears a question

prompted by the new ideas. We thought he had some semblance of

ground to stand upon, that such as he at least would die hard; but he

trembles and flees. Then the scholar says, `Cities and coaches shall

never impose on me again; for, behold every solitary dream of mine is

rushing to fulfilment. That fancy I had, and hesitated to utter

because you would laugh, — the broker, the attorney, the market-man

are saying the same thing. Had I waited a day longer to speak, I had

been too late. Behold, State Street thinks, and Wall Street doubts,

and begins to prophesy!’

It cannot be wondered at, that this general inquest into abuses

should arise in the bosom of society, when one considers the

practical impediments that stand in the way of virtuous young men.

The young man, on entering life, finds the way to lucrative

employments blocked with abuses. The ways of trade are grown selfish

to the borders of theft, and supple to the borders (if not beyond the

borders) of fraud. The employments of commerce are not intrinsically

unfit for a man, or less genial to his faculties, but these are now

in their general course so vitiated by derelictions and abuses at

which all connive, that it requires more vigor and resources than can

be expected of every young man, to right himself in them; he is lost

in them; he cannot move hand or foot in them. Has he genius and

virtue? the less does he find them fit for him to grow in, and if he

would thrive in them, he must sacrifice all the brilliant dreams of

boyhood and youth as dreams; he must forget the prayers of his

childhood; and must take on him the harness of routine and

obsequiousness. If not so minded, nothing is left him but to begin

the world anew, as he does who puts the spade into the ground for

food. We are all implicated, of course, in this charge; it is only

necessary to ask a few questions as to the progress of the articles

of commerce from the fields where they grew, to our houses, to become

aware that we eat and drink and wear perjury and fraud in a hundred

commodities. How many articles of daily consumption are furnished us

from the West Indies; yet it is said, that, in the Spanish islands,

the venality of the officers of the government has passed into usage,

and that no article passes into our ships which has not been

fraudulently cheapened. In the Spanish islands, every agent or

factor of the Americans, unless he be a consul, has taken oath that

he is a Catholic, or has caused a priest to make that declaration for

him. The abolitionist has shown us our dreadful debt to the southern

negro. In the island of Cuba, in addition to the ordinary

abominations of slavery, it appears, only men are bought for the

plantations, and one dies in ten every year, of these miserable

bachelors, to yield us sugar. I leave for those who have the

knowledge the part of sifting the oaths of our custom-houses; I will

not inquire into the oppression of the sailors; I will not pry into

the usages of our retail trade. I content myself with the fact, that

the general system of our trade, (apart from the blacker traits,

which, I hope, are exceptions denounced and unshared by all reputable

men,) is a system of selfishness; is not dictated by the high

sentiments of human nature; is not measured by the exact law of

reciprocity; much less by the sentiments of love and heroism, but is

a system of distrust, of concealment, of superior keenness, not of

giving but of taking advantage. It is not that which a man delights

to unlock to a noble friend; which he meditates on with joy and

self-approval in his hour of love and aspiration; but rather what he

then puts out of sight, only showing the brilliant result, and

atoning for the manner of acquiring, by the manner of expending it.

I do not charge the merchant or the manufacturer. The sins of our

trade belong to no class, to no individual. One plucks, one

distributes, one eats. Every body partakes, every body confesses, –

with cap and knee volunteers his confession, yet none feels himself

accountable. He did not create the abuse; he cannot alter it. What

is he? an obscure private person who must get his bread. That is the

vice, — that no one feels himself called to act for man, but only as

a fraction of man. It happens therefore that all such ingenuous

souls as feel within themselves the irrepressible strivings of a

noble aim, who by the law of their nature must act simply, find these

ways of trade unfit for them, and they come forth from it. Such

cases are becoming more numerous every year.

But by coming out of trade you have not cleared yourself. The

trail of the serpent reaches into all the lucrative professions and

practices of man. Each has its own wrongs. Each finds a tender and

very intelligent conscience a disqualification for success. Each

requires of the practitioner a certain shutting of the eyes, a

certain dapperness and compliance, an acceptance of customs, a

sequestration from the sentiments of generosity and love, a

compromise of private opinion and lofty integrity. Nay, the evil

custom reaches into the whole institution of property, until our laws

which establish and protect it, seem not to be the issue of love and

reason, but of selfishness. Suppose a man is so unhappy as to be

born a saint, with keen perceptions, but with the conscience and love

of an angel, and he is to get his living in the world; he finds

himself excluded from all lucrative works; he has no farm, and he

cannot get one; for, to earn money enough to buy one, requires a sort

of concentration toward money, which is the selling himself for a

number of years, and to him the present hour is as sacred and

inviolable as any future hour. Of course, whilst another man has no

land, my title to mine, your title to yours, is at once vitiated.

Inextricable seem to be the twinings and tendrils of this evil, and

we all involve ourselves in it the deeper by forming connections, by

wives and children, by benefits and debts.

Considerations of this kind have turned the attention of many

philanthropic and intelligent persons to the claims of manual labor,

as a part of the education of every young man. If the accumulated

wealth of the past generations is thus tainted, — no matter how much

of it is offered to us, — we must begin to consider if it were not

the nobler part to renounce it, and to put ourselves into primary

relations with the soil and nature, and abstaining from whatever is

dishonest and unclean, to take each of us bravely his part, with his

own hands, in the manual labor of the world.

But it is said, `What! will you give up the immense advantages

reaped from the division of labor, and set every man to make his own

shoes, bureau, knife, wagon, sails, and needle? This would be to put

men back into barbarism by their own act.’ I see no instant prospect

of a virtuous revolution; yet I confess, I should not be pained at a

change which threatened a loss of some of the luxuries or

conveniences of society, if it proceeded from a preference of the

agricultural life out of the belief, that our primary duties as men

could be better discharged in that calling. Who could regret to see

a high conscience and a purer taste exercising a sensible effect on

young men in their choice of occupation, and thinning the ranks of

competition in the labors of commerce, of law, and of state? It is

easy to see that the inconvenience would last but a short time. This

would be great action, which always opens the eyes of men. When many

persons shall have done this, when the majority shall admit the

necessity of reform in all these institutions, their abuses will be

redressed, and the way will be open again to the advantages which

arise from the division of labor, and a man may select the fittest

employment for his peculiar talent again, without compromise.

But quite apart from the emphasis which the times give to the

doctrine, that the manual labor of society ought to be shared among

all the members, there are reasons proper to every individual, why he

should not be deprived of it. The use of manual labor is one which

never grows obsolete, and which is inapplicable to no person. A man

should have a farm or a mechanical craft for his culture. We must

have a basis for our higher accomplishments, our delicate

entertainments of poetry and philosophy, in the work of our hands.

We must have an antagonism in the tough world for all the variety of

our spiritual faculties, or they will not be born. Manual labor is

the study of the external world. The advantage of riches remains

with him who procured them, not with the heir. When I go into my

garden with a spade, and dig a bed, I feel such an exhilaration and

health, that I discover that I have been defrauding myself all this

time in letting others do for me what I should have done with my own

hands. But not only health, but education is in the work. Is it

possible that I who get indefinite quantities of sugar, hominy,

cotton, buckets, crockery ware, and letter paper, by simply signing

my name once in three months to a cheque in favor of John Smith and

Co. traders, get the fair share of exercise to my faculties by that

act, which nature intended for me in making all these far-fetched

matters important to my comfort? It is Smith himself, and his

carriers, and dealers, and manufacturers, it is the sailor, the

hidedrogher, the butcher, the negro, the hunter, and the planter, who

have intercepted the sugar of the sugar, and the cotton of the

cotton. They have got the education, I only the commodity. This

were all very well if I were necessarily absent, being detained by

work of my own, like theirs, work of the same faculties; then should

I be sure of my hands and feet, but now I feel some shame before my

wood-chopper, my ploughman, and my cook, for they have some sort of

self-sufficiency, they can contrive without my aid to bring the day

and year round, but I depend on them, and have not earned by use a

right to my arms and feet.

Consider further the difference between the first and second

owner of property. Every species of property is preyed on by its own

enemies, as iron by rust; timber by rot; cloth by moths; provisions

by mould, putridity, or vermin; money by thieves; an orchard by

insects; a planted field by weeds and the inroad of cattle; a stock

of cattle by hunger; a road by rain and frost; a bridge by freshets.

And whoever takes any of these things into his possession, takes the

charge of defending them from this troop of enemies, or of keeping

them in repair. A man who supplies his own want, who builds a raft

or a boat to go a fishing, finds it easy to caulk it, or put in a

thole-pin, or mend the rudder. What he gets only as fast as he wants

for his own ends, does not embarrass him, or take away his sleep with

looking after. But when he comes to give all the goods he has year

after year collected, in one estate to his son, house, orchard,

ploughed land, cattle, bridges, hardware, wooden-ware, carpets,

cloths, provisions, books, money, and cannot give him the skill and

experience which made or collected these, and the method and place

they have in his own life, the son finds his hands full, — not to

use these things, — but to look after them and defend them from

their natural enemies. To him they are not means, but masters.

Their enemies will not remit; rust, mould, vermin, rain, sun,

freshet, fire, all seize their own, fill him with vexation, and he is

converted from the owner into a watchman or a watch-dog to this

magazine of old and new chattels. What a change! Instead of the

masterly good humor, and sense of power, and fertility of resource in

himself; instead of those strong and learned hands, those piercing

and learned eyes, that supple body, and that mighty and prevailing

heart, which the father had, whom nature loved and feared, whom snow

and rain, water and land, beast and fish seemed all to know and to

serve, we have now a puny, protected person, guarded by walls and

curtains, stoves and down beds, coaches, and men-servants and

women-servants from the earth and the sky, and who, bred to depend on

all these, is made anxious by all that endangers those possessions,

and is forced to spend so much time in guarding them, that he has

quite lost sight of their original use, namely, to help him to his

ends, — to the prosecution of his love; to the helping of his

friend, to the worship of his God, to the enlargement of his

knowledge, to the serving of his country, to the indulgence of his

sentiment, and he is now what is called a rich man, — the menial and

runner of his riches.

Hence it happens that the whole interest of history lies in the

fortunes of the poor. Knowledge, Virtue, Power are the victories of

man over his necessities, his march to the dominion of the world.

Every man ought to have this opportunity to conquer the world for

himself. Only such persons interest us, Spartans, Romans, Saracens,

English, Americans, who have stood in the jaws of need, and have by

their own wit and might extricated themselves, and made man

victorious.

I do not wish to overstate this doctrine of labor, or insist

that every man should be a farmer, any more than that every man

should be a lexicographer. In general, one may say, that the

husbandman’s is the oldest, and most universal profession, and that

where a man does not yet discover in himself any fitness for one work

more than another, this may be preferred. But the doctrine of the

Farm is merely this, that every man ought to stand in primary

relations with the work of the world, ought to do it himself, and not

to suffer the accident of his having a purse in his pocket, or his

having been bred to some dishonorable and injurious craft, to sever

him from those duties; and for this reason, that labor is God’s

education; that he only is a sincere learner, he only can become a

master, who learns the secrets of labor, and who by real cunning

extorts from nature its sceptre.

Neither would I shut my ears to the plea of the learned

professions, of the poet, the priest, the lawgiver, and men of study

generally; namely, that in the experience of all men of that class,

the amount of manual labor which is necessary to the maintenance of a

family, indisposes and disqualifies for intellectual exertion. I

know, it often, perhaps usually, happens, that where there is a fine

organization apt for poetry and philosophy, that individual finds

himself compelled to wait on his thoughts, to waste several days that

he may enhance and glorify one; and is better taught by a moderate

and dainty exercise, such as rambling in the fields, rowing, skating,

hunting, than by the downright drudgery of the farmer and the smith.

I would not quite forget the venerable counsel of the Egyptian

mysteries, which declared that "there were two pairs of eyes in man,

and it is requisite that the pair which are beneath should be closed,

when the pair that are above them perceive, and that when the pair

above are closed, those which are beneath should be opened." Yet I

will suggest that no separation from labor can be without some loss

of power and of truth to the seer himself; that, I doubt not, the

faults and vices of our literature and philosophy, their too great

fineness, effeminacy, and melancholy, are attributable to the

enervated and sickly habits of the literary class. Better that the

book should not be quite so good, and the bookmaker abler and better,

and not himself often a ludicrous contrast to all that he has

written.

But granting that for ends so sacred and dear, some relaxation

must be had, I think, that if a man find in himself any strong bias

to poetry, to art, to the contemplative life, drawing him to these

things with a devotion incompatible with good husbandry, that man

ought to reckon early with himself, and, respecting the compensations

of the Universe, ought to ransom himself from the duties of economy,

by a certain rigor and privation in his habits. For privileges so

rare and grand, let him not stint to pay a great tax. Let him be a

caenobite, a pauper, and if need be, celibate also. Let him learn to

eat his meals standing, and to relish the taste of fair water and

black bread. He may leave to others the costly conveniences of

housekeeping, and large hospitality, and the possession of works of

art. Let him feel that genius is a hospitality, and that he who can

create works of art needs not collect them. He must live in a

chamber, and postpone his self-indulgence, forewarned and forearmed

against that frequent misfortune of men of genius, — the taste for

luxury. This is the tragedy of genius, — attempting to drive along

the ecliptic with one horse of the heavens and one horse of the

earth, there is only discord and ruin and downfall to chariot and

charioteer.

The duty that every man should assume his own vows, should call

the institutions of society to account, and examine their fitness to

him, gains in emphasis, if we look at our modes of living. Is our

housekeeping sacred and honorable? Does it raise and inspire us, or

does it cripple us instead? I ought to be armed by every part and

function of my household, by all my social function, by my economy,

by my feasting, by my voting, by my traffic. Yet I am almost no

party to any of these things. Custom does it for me, gives me no

power therefrom, and runs me in debt to boot. We spend our incomes

for paint and paper, for a hundred trifles, I know not what, and not

for the things of a man. Our expense is almost all for conformity.

It is for cake that we run in debt; ‘t is not the intellect, not the

heart, not beauty, not worship, that costs so much. Why needs any

man be rich? Why must he have horses, fine garments, handsome

apartments, access to public houses, and places of amusement? Only

for want of thought. Give his mind a new image, and he flees into a

solitary garden or garret to enjoy it, and is richer with that dream,

than the fee of a county could make him. But we are first

thoughtless, and then find that we are moneyless. We are first

sensual, and then must be rich. We dare not trust our wit for making

our house pleasant to our friend, and so we buy ice-creams. He is

accustomed to carpets, and we have not sufficient character to put

floor-cloths out of his mind whilst he stays in the house, and so we

pile the floor with carpets. Let the house rather be a temple of the

Furies of Lacedaemon, formidable and holy to all, which none but a

Spartan may enter or so much as behold. As soon as there is faith,

as soon as there is society, comfits and cushions will be left to

slaves. Expense will be inventive and heroic. We shall eat hard and

lie hard, we shall dwell like the ancient Romans in narrow tenements,

whilst our public edifices, like theirs, will be worthy for their

proportion of the landscape in which we set them, for conversation,

for art, for music, for worship. We shall be rich to great purposes;

poor only for selfish ones.

Now what help for these evils? How can the man who has learned

but one art, procure all the conveniences of life honestly? Shall we

say all we think? — Perhaps with his own hands. Suppose he

collects or makes them ill; — yet he has learned their lesson. If

he cannot do that. — Then perhaps he can go without. Immense

wisdom and riches are in that. It is better to go without, than to

have them at too great a cost. Let us learn the meaning of economy.

Economy is a high, humane office, a sacrament, when its aim is grand;

when it is the prudence of simple tastes, when it is practised for

freedom, or love, or devotion. Much of the economy which we see in

houses, is of a base origin, and is best kept out of sight. Parched

corn eaten to-day that I may have roast fowl to my dinner on Sunday,

is a baseness; but parched corn and a house with one apartment, that

I may be free of all perturbations, that I may be serene and docile

to what the mind shall speak, and girt and road-ready for the lowest

mission of knowledge or goodwill, is frugality for gods and heroes.

Can we not learn the lesson of self-help? Society is full of

infirm people, who incessantly summon others to serve them. They

contrive everywhere to exhaust for their single comfort the entire

means and appliances of that luxury to which our invention has yet

attained. Sofas, ottomans, stoves, wine, game-fowl, spices,

perfumes, rides, the theatre, entertainments, — all these they want,

they need, and whatever can be suggested more than these, they crave

also, as if it was the bread which should keep them from starving;

and if they miss any one, they represent themselves as the most

wronged and most wretched persons on earth. One must have been born

and bred with them to know how to prepare a meal for their learned

stomach. Meantime, they never bestir themselves to serve another

person; not they! they have a great deal more to do for themselves

than they can possibly perform, nor do they once perceive the cruel

joke of their lives, but the more odious they grow, the sharper is

the tone of their complaining and craving. Can anything be so

elegant as to have few wants and to serve them one’s self, so as to

have somewhat left to give, instead of being always prompt to grab?

It is more elegant to answer one’s own needs, than to be richly

served; inelegant perhaps it may look to-day, and to a few, but it is

an elegance forever and to all.

I do not wish to be absurd and pedantic in reform. I do not

wish to push my criticism on the state of things around me to that

extravagant mark, that shall compel me to suicide, or to an absolute

isolation from the advantages of civil society. If we suddenly plant

our foot, and say, — I will neither eat nor drink nor wear nor touch

any food or fabric which I do not know to be innocent, or deal with

any person whose whole manner of life is not clear and rational, we

shall stand still. Whose is so? Not mine; not thine; not his. But

I think we must clear ourselves each one by the interrogation,

whether we have earned our bread to-day by the hearty contribution of

our energies to the common benefit? and we must not cease to _tend_

to the correction of these flagrant wrongs, by laying one stone

aright every day.

But the idea which now begins to agitate society has a wider

scope than our daily employments, our households, and the

institutions of property. We are to revise the whole of our social

structure, the state, the school, religion, marriage, trade, science,

and explore their foundations in our own nature; we are to see that

the world not only fitted the former men, but fits us, and to clear

ourselves of every usage which has not its roots in our own mind.

What is a man born for but to be a Reformer, a Remaker of what man

has made; a renouncer of lies; a restorer of truth and good,

imitating that great Nature which embosoms us all, and which sleeps

no moment on an old past, but every hour repairs herself, yielding us

every morning a new day, and with every pulsation a new life? Let

him renounce everything which is not true to him, and put all his

practices back on their first thoughts, and do nothing for which he

has not the whole world for his reason. If there are inconveniences,

and what is called ruin in the way, because we have so enervated and

maimed ourselves, yet it would be like dying of perfumes to sink in

the effort to reattach the deeds of every day to the holy and

mysterious recesses of life.

The power, which is at once spring and regulator in all efforts

of reform, is the conviction that there is an infinite worthiness in

man which will appear at the call of worth, and that all particular

reforms are the removing of some impediment. Is it not the highest

duty that man should be honored in us? I ought not to allow any man,

because he has broad lands, to feel that he is rich in my presence.

I ought to make him feel that I can do without his riches, that I

cannot be bought, — neither by comfort, neither by pride, — and

though I be utterly penniless, and receiving bread from him, that he

is the poor man beside me. And if, at the same time, a woman or a

child discovers a sentiment of piety, or a juster way of thinking

than mine, I ought to confess it by my respect and obedience, though

it go to alter my whole way of life.

The Americans have many virtues, but they have not Faith and

Hope. I know no two words whose meaning is more lost sight of. We

use these words as if they were as obsolete as Selah and Amen. And

yet they have the broadest meaning, and the most cogent application

to Boston in 1841. The Americans have no faith. They rely on the

power of a dollar; they are deaf to a sentiment. They think you may

talk the north wind down as easily as raise society; and no class

more faithless than the scholars or intellectual men. Now if I talk

with a sincere wise man, and my friend, with a poet, with a

conscientious youth who is still under the dominion of his own wild

thoughts, and not yet harnessed in the team of society to drag with

us all in the ruts of custom, I see at once how paltry is all this

generation of unbelievers, and what a house of cards their

institutions are, and I see what one brave man, what one great

thought executed might effect. I see that the reason of the distrust

of the practical man in all theory, is his inability to perceive the

means whereby we work. Look, he says, at the tools with which this

world of yours is to be built. As we cannot make a planet, with

atmosphere, rivers, and forests, by means of the best carpenters’ or

engineers’ tools, with chemist’s laboratory and smith’s forge to

boot, — so neither can we ever construct that heavenly society you

prate of, out of foolish, sick, selfish men and women, such as we

know them to be. But the believer not only beholds his heaven to be

possible, but already to begin to exist, — not by the men or

materials the statesman uses, but by men transfigured and raised

above themselves by the power of principles. To principles something

else is possible that transcends all the power of expedients.

Every great and commanding moment in the annals of the world is

the triumph of some enthusiasm. The victories of the Arabs after

Mahomet, who, in a few years, from a small and mean beginning,

established a larger empire than that of Rome, is an example. They

did they knew not what. The naked Derar, horsed on an idea, was

found an overmatch for a troop of Roman cavalry. The women fought

like men, and conquered the Roman men. They were miserably equipped,

miserably fed. They were Temperance troops. There was neither

brandy nor flesh needed to feed them. They conquered Asia, and

Africa, and Spain, on barley. The Caliph Omar’s walking stick struck

more terror into those who saw it, than another man’s sword. His

diet was barley bread; his sauce was salt; and oftentimes by way of

abstinence he ate his bread without salt. His drink was water. His

palace was built of mud; and when he left Medina to go to the

conquest of Jerusalem, he rode on a red camel, with a wooden platter

hanging at his saddle, with a bottle of water and two sacks, one

holding barley, and the other dried fruits.

But there will dawn ere long on our politics, on our modes of

living, a nobler morning than that Arabian faith, in the sentiment of

love. This is the one remedy for all ills, the panacea of nature.

We must be lovers, and at once the impossible becomes possible. Our

age and history, for these thousand years, has not been the history

of kindness, but of selfishness. Our distrust is very expensive.

The money we spend for courts and prisons is very ill laid out. We

make, by distrust, the thief, and burglar, and incendiary, and by our

court and jail we keep him so. An acceptance of the sentiment of

love throughout Christendom for a season, would bring the felon and

the outcast to our side in tears, with the devotion of his faculties

to our service. See this wide society of laboring men and women. We

allow ourselves to be served by them, we live apart from them, and

meet them without a salute in the streets. We do not greet their

talents, nor rejoice in their good fortune, nor foster their hopes,

nor in the assembly of the people vote for what is dear to them.

Thus we enact the part of the selfish noble and king from the

foundation of the world. See, this tree always bears one fruit. In

every household, the peace of a pair is poisoned by the malice,

slyness, indolence, and alienation of domestics. Let any two matrons

meet, and observe how soon their conversation turns on the troubles

from their "_help_," as our phrase is. In every knot of laborers,

the rich man does not feel himself among his friends, — and at the

polls he finds them arrayed in a mass in distinct opposition to him.

We complain that the politics of masses of the people are controlled

by designing men, and led in opposition to manifest justice and the

common weal, and to their own interest. But the people do not wish

to be represented or ruled by the ignorant and base. They only vote

for these, because they were asked with the voice and semblance of

kindness. They will not vote for them long. They inevitably prefer

wit and probity. To use an Egyptian metaphor, it is not their will

for any long time "to raise the nails of wild beasts, and to depress

the heads of the sacred birds." Let our affection flow out to our

fellows; it would operate in a day the greatest of all revolutions.

It is better to work on institutions by the sun than by the wind.

The state must consider the poor man, and all voices must speak for

him. Every child that is born must have a just chance for his bread.

Let the amelioration in our laws of property proceed from the

concession of the rich, not from the grasping of the poor. Let us

begin by habitual imparting. Let us understand that the equitable

rule is, that no one should take more than his share, let him be ever

so rich. Let me feel that I am to be a lover. I am to see to it

that the world is the better for me, and to find my reward in the

act. Love would put a new face on this weary old world in which we

dwell as pagans and enemies too long, and it would warm the heart to

see how fast the vain diplomacy of statesmen, the impotence of

armies, and navies, and lines of defence, would be superseded by this

unarmed child. Love will creep where it cannot go, will accomplish

that by imperceptible methods, — being its own lever, fulcrum, and

power, — which force could never achieve. Have you not seen in the

woods, in a late autumn morning, a poor fungus or mushroom, — a

plant without any solidity, nay, that seemed nothing but a soft mush

or jelly, — by its constant, total, and inconceivably gentle

pushing, manage to break its way up through the frosty ground, and

actually to lift a hard crust on its head? It is the symbol of the

power of kindness. The virtue of this principle in human society in

application to great interests is obsolete and forgotten. Once or

twice in history it has been tried in illustrious instances, with

signal success. This great, overgrown, dead Christendom of ours

still keeps alive at least the name of a lover of mankind. But one

day all men will be lovers; and every calamity will be dissolved in

the universal sunshine.

Will you suffer me to add one trait more to this portrait of

man the reformer? The mediator between the spiritual and the actual

world should have a great prospective prudence. An Arabian poet

describes his hero by saying,

"Sunshine was he

In the winter day;

And in the midsummer

Coolness and shade."

He who would help himself and others, should not be a subject

of irregular and interrupted impulses of virtue, but a continent,

persisting, immovable person, — such as we have seen a few scattered

up and down in time for the blessing of the world; men who have in

the gravity of their nature a quality which answers to the fly-wheel

in a mill, which distributes the motion equably over all the wheels,

and hinders it from falling unequally and suddenly in destructive

shocks. It is better that joy should be spread over all the day in

the form of strength, than that it should be concentrated into

ecstasies, full of danger and followed by reactions. There is a

sublime prudence, which is the very highest that we know of man,

which, believing in a vast future, — sure of more to come than is

yet seen, — postpones always the present hour to the whole life;

postpones talent to genius, and special results to character. As the

merchant gladly takes money from his income to add to his capital, so

is the great man very willing to lose particular powers and talents,

so that he gain in the elevation of his life. The opening of the

spiritual senses disposes men ever to greater sacrifices, to leave

their signal talents, their best means and skill of procuring a

present success, their power and their fame, — to cast all things

behind, in the insatiable thirst for divine communications. A purer

fame, a greater power rewards the sacrifice. It is the conversion of

our harvest into seed. As the farmer casts into the ground the

finest ears of his grain, the time will come when we too shall hold

nothing back, but shall eagerly convert more than we now possess into

means and powers, when we shall be willing to sow the sun and the

moon for seeds.

.

The Method Of Nature

Salı, 06 Kasım 2007

THE METHOD OF NATURE

_An Oration delivered before the Society of the Adelphi, in

Waterville College, Maine, August 11, 1841_

GENTLEMEN,

Let us exchange congratulations on the enjoyments and the pros

literary anniversary. The land we live in has no interest so dear,

if it knew its want, as the fit consecration of days of reason and

thought. Where there is no vision, the people perish. The scholars

are the priests of that thought which establishes the foundations of

the earth. No matter what is their special work or profession, they

stand for the spiritual interest of the world, and it is a common

calamity if they neglect their post in a country where the material

interest is so predominant as it is in America. We hear something

too much of the results of machinery, commerce, and the useful arts.

We are a puny and a fickle folk. Avarice, hesitation, and following,

are our diseases. The rapid wealth which hundreds in the community

acquire in trade, or by the incessant expansions of our population

and arts, enchants the eyes of all the rest; the luck of one is the

hope of thousands, and the bribe acts like the neighborhood of a gold

mine to impoverish the farm, the school, the church, the house, and

the very body and feature of man.

I do not wish to look with sour aspect at the industrious

manufacturing village, or the mart of commerce. I love the music of

the water-wheel; I value the railway; I feel the pride which the

sight of a ship inspires; I look on trade and every mechanical craft

as education also. But let me discriminate what is precious herein.

There is in each of these works an act of invention, an intellectual

step, or short series of steps taken; that act or step is the

spiritual act; all the rest is mere repetition of the same a thousand

times. And I will not be deceived into admiring the routine of

handicrafts and mechanics, how splendid soever the result, any more

than I admire the routine of the scholars or clerical class. That

splendid results ensue from the labors of stupid men, is the fruit of

higher laws than their will, and the routine is not to be praised for

it. I would not have the laborer sacrificed to the result, — I

would not have the laborer sacrificed to my convenience and pride,

nor to that of a great class of such as me. Let there be worse

cotton and better men. The weaver should not be bereaved of his

superiority to his work, and his knowledge that the product or the

skill is of no value, except so far as it embodies his spiritual

prerogatives. If I see nothing to admire in the unit, shall I admire

a million units? Men stand in awe of the city, but do not honor any

individual citizen; and are continually yielding to this dazzling

result of numbers, that which they would never yield to the solitary

example of any one.

Whilst the multitude of men degrade each other, and give

currency to desponding doctrines, the scholar must be a bringer of

hope, and must reinforce man against himself. I sometimes believe

that our literary anniversaries will presently assume a greater

importance, as the eyes of men open to their capabilities. Here, a

new set of distinctions, a new order of ideas, prevail. Here, we set

a bound to the respectability of wealth, and a bound to the

pretensions of the law and the church. The bigot must cease to be a

bigot to-day. Into our charmed circle, power cannot enter; and the

sturdiest defender of existing institutions feels the terrific

inflammability of this air which condenses heat in every corner that

may restore to the elements the fabrics of ages. Nothing solid is

secure; every thing tilts and rocks. Even the scholar is not safe;

he too is searched and revised. Is his learning dead? Is he living

in his memory? The power of mind is not mortification, but life.

But come forth, thou curious child! hither, thou loving, all-hoping

poet! hither, thou tender, doubting heart, who hast not yet found any

place in the world’s market fit for thee; any wares which thou

couldst buy or sell, — so large is thy love and ambition, — thine

and not theirs is the hour. Smooth thy brow, and hope and love on,

for the kind heaven justifies thee, and the whole world feels that

thou art in the right.

We ought to celebrate this hour by expressions of manly joy.

Not thanks, not prayer seem quite the highest or truest name for our

communication with the infinite, — but glad and conspiring

reception, — reception that becomes giving in its turn, as the

receiver is only the All-Giver in part and in infancy. I cannot, –

nor can any man, — speak precisely of things so sublime, but it

seems to me, the wit of man, his strength, his grace, his tendency,

his art, is the grace and the presence of God. It is beyond

explanation. When all is said and done, the rapt saint is found the

only logician. Not exhortation, not argument becomes our lips, but

paeans of joy and praise. But not of adulation: we are too nearly

related in the deep of the mind to that we honor. It is God in us

which checks the language of petition by a grander thought. In the

bottom of the heart, it is said; `I am, and by me, O child! this fair

body and world of thine stands and grows. I am; all things are mine:

and all mine are thine.’

The festival of the intellect, and the return to its source,

cast a strong light on the always interesting topics of Man and

Nature. We are forcibly reminded of the old want. There is no man;

there hath never been. The Intellect still asks that a man may be

born. The flame of life flickers feebly in human breasts. We demand

of men a richness and universality we do not find. Great men do not

content us. It is their solitude, not their force, that makes them

conspicuous. There is somewhat indigent and tedious about them.

They are poorly tied to one thought. If they are prophets, they are

egotists; if polite and various, they are shallow. How tardily men

arrive at any result! how tardily they pass from it to another! The

crystal sphere of thought is as concentrical as the geological

structure of the globe. As our soils and rocks lie in strata,

concentric strata, so do all men’s thinkings run laterally, never

vertically. Here comes by a great inquisitor with auger and

plumb-line, and will bore an Artesian well through our conventions

and theories, and pierce to the core of things. But as soon as he

probes the crust, behold gimlet, plumb-line, and philosopher take a

lateral direction, in spite of all resistance, as if some strong wind

took everything off its feet, and if you come month after month to

see what progress our reformer has made, — not an inch has he

pierced, — you still find him with new words in the old place,

floating about in new parts of the same old vein or crust. The new

book says, `I will give you the key to nature,’ and we expect to go

like a thunderbolt to the centre. But the thunder is a surface

phenomenon, makes a skin-deep cut, and so does the sage. The wedge

turns out to be a rocket. Thus a man lasts but a very little while,

for his monomania becomes insupportably tedious in a few months. It

is so with every book and person: and yet — and yet — we do not

take up a new book, or meet a new man, without a pulse-beat of

expectation. And this invincible hope of a more adequate interpreter

is the sure prediction of his advent.

In the absence of man, we turn to nature, which stands next.

In the divine order, intellect is primary; nature, secondary; it is

the memory of the mind. That which once existed in intellect as pure

law, has now taken body as Nature. It existed already in the mind in

solution; now, it has been precipitated, and the bright sediment is

the world. We can never be quite strangers or inferiors in nature.

It is flesh of our flesh, and bone of our bone. But we no longer

hold it by the hand; we have lost our miraculous power; our arm is no

more as strong as the frost; nor our will equivalent to gravity and

the elective attractions. Yet we can use nature as a convenient

standard, and the meter of our rise and fall. It has this advantage

as a witness, it cannot be debauched. When man curses, nature still

testifies to truth and love. We may, therefore, safely study the

mind in nature, because we cannot steadily gaze on it in mind; as we

explore the face of the sun in a pool, when our eyes cannot brook his

direct splendors.

It seems to me, therefore, that it were some suitable paean, if

we should piously celebrate this hour by exploring the _method of

nature_. Let us see _that_, as nearly as we can, and try how far it

is transferable to the literary life. Every earnest glance we give

to the realities around us, with intent to learn, proceeds from a

holy impulse, and is really songs of praise. What difference can it

make whether it take the shape of exhortation, or of passionate

exclamation, or of scientific statement? These are forms merely.

Through them we express, at last, the fact, that God has done thus or

thus.

In treating a subject so large, in which we must necessarily

appeal to the intuition, and aim much more to suggest, than to

describe, I know it is not easy to speak with the precision

attainable on topics of less scope. I do not wish in attempting to

paint a man, to describe an air-fed, unimpassioned, impossible ghost.

My eyes and ears are revolted by any neglect of the physical facts,

the limitations of man. And yet one who conceives the true order of

nature, and beholds the visible as proceeding from the invisible,

cannot state his thought, without seeming to those who study the

physical laws, to do them some injustice. There is an intrinsic

defect in the organ. Language overstates. Statements of the

infinite are usually felt to be unjust to the finite, and

blasphemous. Empedocles undoubtedly spoke a truth of thought, when

he said, "I am God;" but the moment it was out of his mouth, it

became a lie to the ear; and the world revenged itself for the

seeming arrogance, by the good story about his shoe. How can I hope

for better hap in my attempts to enunciate spiritual facts? Yet let

us hope, that as far as we receive the truth, so far shall we be felt

by every true person to say what is just.

The method of nature: who could ever analyze it? That rushing

stream will not stop to be observed. We can never surprise nature in

a corner; never find the end of a thread; never tell where to set the

first stone. The bird hastens to lay her egg: the egg hastens to be

a bird. The wholeness we admire in the order of the world, is the

result of infinite distribution. Its smoothness is the smoothness of

the pitch of the cataract. Its permanence is a perpetual inchoation.

Every natural fact is an emanation, and that from which it emanates

is an emanation also, and from every emanation is a new emanation.

If anything could stand still, it would be crushed and dissipated by

the torrent it resisted, and if it were a mind, would be crazed; as

insane persons are those who hold fast to one thought, and do not

flow with the course of nature. Not the cause, but an ever novel

effect, nature descends always from above. It is unbroken obedience.

The beauty of these fair objects is imported into them from a

metaphysical and eternal spring. In all animal and vegetable forms,

the physiologist concedes that no chemistry, no mechanics, can

account for the facts, but a mysterious principle of life must be

assumed, which not only inhabits the organ, but makes the organ.

How silent, how spacious, what room for all, yet without place

to insert an atom, — in graceful succession, in equal fulness, in

balanced beauty, the dance of the hours goes forward still. Like an

odor of incense, like a strain of music, like a sleep, it is inexact

and boundless. It will not be dissected, nor unravelled, nor shown.

Away profane philosopher! seekest thou in nature the cause? This

refers to that, and that to the next, and the next to the third, and

everything refers. Thou must ask in another mood, thou must feel it

and love it, thou must behold it in a spirit as grand as that by

which it exists, ere thou canst know the law. Known it will not be,

but gladly beloved and enjoyed.

The simultaneous life throughout the whole body, the equal

serving of innumerable ends without the least emphasis or preference

to any, but the steady degradation of each to the success of all,

allows the understanding no place to work. Nature can only be

conceived as existing to a universal and not to a particular end, to

a universe of ends, and not to one, — a work of _ecstasy_, to be

represented by a circular movement, as intention might be signified

by a straight line of definite length. Each effect strengthens every

other. There is no revolt in all the kingdoms from the commonweal:

no detachment of an individual. Hence the catholic character which

makes every leaf an exponent of the world. When we behold the

landscape in a poetic spirit, we do not reckon individuals. Nature

knows neither palm nor oak, but only vegetable life, which sprouts

into forests, and festoons the globe with a garland of grasses and

vines.

That no single end may be selected, and nature judged thereby,

appears from this, that if man himself be considered as the end, and

it be assumed that the final cause of the world is to make holy or

wise or beautiful men, we see that it has not succeeded. Read

alternately in natural and in civil history, a treatise of astronomy,

for example, with a volume of French _Memoires pour servir_. When we

have spent our wonder in computing this wasteful hospitality with

which boon nature turns off new firmaments without end into her wide

common, as fast as the madrepores make coral, — suns and planets

hospitable to souls, — and then shorten the sight to look into this

court of Louis Quatorze, and see the game that is played there, –

duke and marshal, abbe and madame, — a gambling table where each is

laying traps for the other, where the end is ever by some lie or

fetch to outwit your rival and ruin him with this solemn fop in wig

and stars, — the king; one can hardly help asking if this planet is

a fair specimen of the so generous astronomy, and if so, whether the

experiment have not failed, and whether it be quite worth while to

make more, and glut the innocent space with so poor an article.

I think we feel not much otherwise if, instead of beholding

foolish nations, we take the great and wise men, the eminent souls,

and narrowly inspect their biography. None of them seen by himself

– and his performance compared with his promise or idea, will

justify the cost of that enormous apparatus of means by which this

spotted and defective person was at last procured.

To questions of this sort, nature replies, `I grow.’ All is

nascent, infant. When we are dizzied with the arithmetic of the

savant toiling to compute the length of her line, the return of her

curve, we are steadied by the perception that a great deal is doing;

that all seems just begun; remote aims are in active accomplishment.

We can point nowhere to anything final; but tendency appears on all

hands: planet, system, constellation, total nature is growing like a

field of maize in July; is becoming somewhat else; is in rapid

metamorphosis. The embryo does not more strive to be man, than

yonder burr of light we call a nebula tends to be a ring, a comet, a

globe, and parent of new stars. Why should not then these messieurs

of Versailles strut and plot for tabourets and ribbons, for a season,

without prejudice to their faculty to run on better errands by and

by?

But nature seems further to reply, `I have ventured so great a

stake as my success, in no single creature. I have not yet arrived

at any end. The gardener aims to produce a fine peach or pear, but

my aim is the health of the whole tree, — root, stem, leaf, flower,

and seed, — and by no means the pampering of a monstrous pericarp at

the expense of all the other functions.’

In short, the spirit and peculiarity of that impression nature

makes on us, is this, that it does not exist to any one or to any

number of particular ends, but to numberless and endless benefit;

that there is in it no private will, no rebel leaf or limb, but the

whole is oppressed by one superincumbent tendency, obeys that

redundancy or excess of life which in conscious beings we call

_ecstasy_.

With this conception of the genius or method of nature, let us

go back to man. It is true, he pretends to give account of himself

to himself, but, at last, what has he to recite but the fact that

there is a Life not to be described or known otherwise than by

possession? What account can he give of his essence more than _so it

was to be_? The _royal_ reason, the Grace of God seems the only

description of our multiform but ever identical fact. There is

virtue, there is genius, there is success, or there is not. There is

the incoming or the receding of God: that is all we can affirm; and

we can show neither how nor why. Self-accusation, remorse, and the

didactic morals of self-denial and strife with sin, is a view we are

constrained by our constitution to take of the fact seen from the

platform of action; but seen from the platform of intellection, there

is nothing for us but praise and wonder.

The termination of the world in a man, appears to be the last

victory of intelligence. The universal does not attract us until

housed in an individual. Who heeds the waste abyss of possibility?

The ocean is everywhere the same, but it has no character until seen

with the shore or the ship. Who would value any number of miles of

Atlantic brine bounded by lines of latitude and longitude? Confine

it by granite rocks, let it wash a shore where wise men dwell, and it

is filled with expression; and the point of greatest interest is

where the land and water meet. So must we admire in man, the form of

the formless, the concentration of the vast, the house of reason, the

cave of memory. See the play of thoughts! what nimble gigantic

creatures are these! what saurians, what palaiotheria shall be named

with these agile movers? The great Pan of old, who was clothed in a

leopard skin to signify the beautiful variety of things, and the

firmament, his coat of stars, — was but the representative of thee,

O rich and various Man! thou palace of sight and sound, carrying in

thy senses the morning and the night and the unfathomable galaxy; in

thy brain, the geometry of the City of God; in thy heart, the bower

of love and the realms of right and wrong. An individual man is a

fruit which it cost all the foregoing ages to form and ripen. The

history of the genesis or the old mythology repeats itself in the

experience of every child. He too is a demon or god thrown into a

particular chaos, where he strives ever to lead things from disorder

into order. Each individual soul is such, in virtue of its being a

power to translate the world into some particular language of its

own; if not into a picture, a statue, or a dance, — why, then, into

a trade, an art, a science, a mode of living, a conversation, a

character, an influence. You admire pictures, but it is as

impossible for you to paint a right picture, as for grass to bear

apples. But when the genius comes, it makes fingers: it is pliancy,

and the power of transferring the affair in the street into oils and

colors. Raphael must be born, and Salvator must be born.

There is no attractiveness like that of a new man. The sleepy

nations are occupied with their political routine. England, France

and America read Parliamentary Debates, which no high genius now

enlivens; and nobody will read them who trusts his own eye: only they

who are deceived by the popular repetition of distinguished names.

But when Napoleon unrolls his map, the eye is commanded by original

power. When Chatham leads the debate, men may well listen, because

they must listen. A man, a personal ascendency is the only great

phenomenon. When nature has work to be done, she creates a genius to

do it. Follow the great man, and you shall see what the world has at

heart in these ages. There is no omen like that.

But what strikes us in the fine genius is that which belongs of

right to every one. A man should know himself for a necessary actor.

A link was wanting between two craving parts of nature, and he was

hurled into being as the bridge over that yawning need, the mediator

betwixt two else unmarriageable facts. His two parents held each of

one of the wants, and the union of foreign constitutions in him

enables him to do gladly and gracefully what the assembled human race

could not have sufficed to do. He knows his materials; he applies

himself to his work; he cannot read, or think, or look, but he unites

the hitherto separated strands into a perfect cord. The thoughts he

delights to utter are the reason of his incarnation. Is it for him

to account himself cheap and superfluous, or to linger by the wayside

for opportunities? Did he not come into being because something must

be done which he and no other is and does? If only he _sees_, the

world will be visible enough. He need not study where to stand, nor

to put things in favorable lights; in him is the light, from him all

things are illuminated, to their centre. What patron shall he ask

for employment and reward? Hereto was he born, to deliver the

thought of his heart from the universe to the universe, to do an

office which nature could not forego, nor he be discharged from

rendering, and then immerge again into the holy silence and eternity

out of which as a man he arose. God is rich, and many more men than

one he harbors in his bosom, biding their time and the needs and the

beauty of all. Is not this the theory of every man’s genius or

faculty? Why then goest thou as some Boswell or listening worshipper

to this saint or to that? That is the only lese-majesty. Here art

thou with whom so long the universe travailed in labor; darest thou

think meanly of thyself whom the stalwart Fate brought forth to unite

his ragged sides, to shoot the gulf, to reconcile the irreconcilable?

Whilst a necessity so great caused the man to exist, his health

and erectness consist in the fidelity with which he transmits

influences from the vast and universal to the point on which his

genius can act. The ends are momentary: they are vents for the

current of inward life which increases as it is spent. A man’s

wisdom is to know that all ends are momentary, that the best end must

be superseded by a better. But there is a mischievous tendency in

him to transfer his thought from the life to the ends, to quit his

agency and rest in his acts: the tools run away with the workman, the

human with the divine. I conceive a man as always spoken to from

behind, and unable to turn his head and see the speaker. In all the

millions who have heard the voice, none ever saw the face. As

children in their play run behind each other, and seize one by the

ears and make him walk before them, so is the spirit our unseen

pilot. That well-known voice speaks in all languages, governs all

men, and none ever caught a glimpse of its form. If the man will

exactly obey it, it will adopt him, so that he shall not any longer

separate it from himself in his thought, he shall seem to be it, he

shall be it. If he listen with insatiable ears, richer and greater

wisdom is taught him, the sound swells to a ravishing music, he is

borne away as with a flood, he becomes careless of his food and of

his house, he is the fool of ideas, and leads a heavenly life. But

if his eye is set on the things to be done, and not on the truth that

is still taught, and for the sake of which the things are to be done,

then the voice grows faint, and at last is but a humming in his ears.

His health and greatness consist in his being the channel through

which heaven flows to earth, in short, in the fulness in which an

ecstatical state takes place in him. It is pitiful to be an artist,

when, by forbearing to be artists, we might be vessels filled with

the divine overflowings, enriched by the circulations of omniscience

and omnipresence. Are there not moments in the history of heaven

when the human race was not counted by individuals, but was only the

Influenced, was God in distribution, God rushing into multiform

benefit? It is sublime to receive, sublime to love, but this lust of

imparting as from _us_, this desire to be loved, the wish to be

recognized as individuals, — is finite, comes of a lower strain.

Shall I say, then, that, as far as we can trace the natural

history of the soul, its health consists in the fulness of its

reception, — call it piety, call it veneration — in the fact, that

enthusiasm is organized therein. What is best in any work of art,

but that part which the work itself seems to require and do; that

which the man cannot do again, that which flows from the hour and the

occasion, like the eloquence of men in a tumultuous debate? It was

always the theory of literature, that the word of a poet was

authoritative and final. He was supposed to be the mouth of a divine

wisdom. We rather envied his circumstance than his talent. We too

could have gladly prophesied standing in that place. We so quote our

Scriptures; and the Greeks so quoted Homer, Theognis, Pindar, and the

rest. If the theory has receded out of modern criticism, it is

because we have not had poets. Whenever they appear, they will

redeem their own credit.

This ecstatical state seems to direct a regard to the whole and

not to the parts; to the cause and not to the ends; to the tendency,

and not to the act. It respects genius and not talent; hope, and not

possession: the anticipation of all things by the intellect, and not

the history itself; art, and not works of art; poetry, and not

experiment; virtue, and not duties.

There is no office or function of man but is rightly discharged

by this divine method, and nothing that is not noxious to him if

detached from its universal relations. Is it his work in the world

to study nature, or the laws of the world? Let him beware of

proposing to himself any end. Is it for use? nature is debased, as

if one looking at the ocean can remember only the price of fish. Or

is it for pleasure? he is mocked: there is a certain infatuating air

in woods and mountains which draws on the idler to want and misery.

There is something social and intrusive in the nature of all things;

they seek to penetrate and overpower, each the nature of every other

creature, and itself alone in all modes and throughout space and

spirit to prevail and possess. Every star in heaven is discontented

and insatiable. Gravitation and chemistry cannot content them. Ever

they woo and court the eye of every beholder. Every man who comes

into the world they seek to fascinate and possess, to pass into his

mind, for they desire to republish themselves in a more delicate

world than that they occupy. It is not enough that they are Jove,

Mars, Orion, and the North Star, in the gravitating firmament: they

would have such poets as Newton, Herschel and Laplace, that they may

re-exist and re-appear in the finer world of rational souls, and fill

that realm with their fame. So is it with all immaterial objects.

These beautiful basilisks set their brute, glorious eyes on the eye

of every child, and, if they can, cause their nature to pass through

his wondering eyes into him, and so all things are mixed.

Therefore man must be on his guard against this cup of

enchantments, and must look at nature with a supernatural eye. By

piety alone, by conversing with the cause of nature, is he safe and

commands it. And because all knowledge is assimilation to the object

of knowledge, as the power or genius of nature is ecstatic, so must

its science or the description of it be. The poet must be a

rhapsodist: his inspiration a sort of bright casualty: his will in it

only the surrender of will to the Universal Power, which will not be

seen face to face, but must be received and sympathetically known.

It is remarkable that we have out of the deeps of antiquity in the

oracles ascribed to the half fabulous Zoroaster, a statement of this

fact, which every lover and seeker of truth will recognize. "It is

not proper," said Zoroaster, "to understand the Intelligible with

vehemence, but if you incline your mind, you will apprehend it: not

too earnestly, but bringing a pure and inquiring eye. You will not

understand it as when understanding some particular thing, but with

the flower of the mind. Things divine are not attainable by mortals

who understand sensual things, but only the light-armed arrive at the

summit."

And because ecstasy is the law and cause of nature, therefore

you cannot interpret it in too high and deep a sense. Nature

represents the best meaning of the wisest man. Does the sunset

landscape seem to you the palace of Friendship, — those purple skies

and lovely waters the amphitheatre dressed and garnished only for the

exchange of thought and love of the purest souls? It is that. All

other meanings which base men have put on it are conjectural and

false. You cannot bathe twice in the same river, said Heraclitus;

and I add, a man never sees the same object twice: with his own

enlargement the object acquires new aspects.

Does not the same law hold for virtue? It is vitiated by too

much will. He who aims at progress, should aim at an infinite, not

at a special benefit. The reforms whose fame now fills the land with

Temperance, Anti-Slavery, Non-Resistance, No Government, Equal Labor,

fair and generous as each appears, are poor bitter things when

prosecuted for themselves as an end. To every reform, in proportion

to its energy, early disgusts are incident, so that the disciple is

surprised at the very hour of his first triumphs, with chagrins, and

sickness, and a general distrust: so that he shuns his associates,

hates the enterprise which lately seemed so fair, and meditates to

cast himself into the arms of that society and manner of life which

he had newly abandoned with so much pride and hope. Is it that he

attached the value of virtue to some particular practices, as, the

denial of certain appetites in certain specified indulgences, and,

afterward, found himself still as wicked and as far from happiness in

that abstinence, as he had been in the abuse? But the soul can be

appeased not by a deed but by a tendency. It is in a hope that she

feels her wings. You shall love rectitude and not the disuse of

money or the avoidance of trade: an unimpeded mind, and not a monkish

diet; sympathy and usefulness, and not hoeing or coopering. Tell me

not how great your project is, the civil liberation of the world, its

conversion into a Christian church, the establishment of public

education, cleaner diet, a new division of labor and of land, laws of

love for laws of property; — I say to you plainly there is no end to

which your practical faculty can aim, so sacred or so large, that, if

pursued for itself, will not at last become carrion and an offence to

the nostril. The imaginative faculty of the soul must be fed with

objects immense and eternal. Your end should be one inapprehensible

to the senses: then will it be a god always approached, — never

touched; always giving health. A man adorns himself with prayer and

love, as an aim adorns an action. What is strong but goodness, and

what is energetic but the presence of a brave man? The doctrine in

vegetable physiology of the _presence_, or the general influence of

any substance over and above its chemical influence, as of an alkali

or a living plant, is more predicable of man. You need not speak to

me, I need not go where you are, that you should exert magnetism on

me. Be you only whole and sufficient, and I shall feel you in every

part of my life and fortune, and I can as easily dodge the

gravitation of the globe as escape your influence.

But there are other examples of this total and supreme

influence, besides Nature and the conscience. "From the poisonous

tree, the world," say the Brahmins, "two species of fruit are

produced, sweet as the waters of life, Love or the society of

beautiful souls, and Poetry, whose taste is like the immortal juice

of Vishnu." What is Love, and why is it the chief good, but because

it is an overpowering enthusiasm? Never self-possessed or prudent,

it is all abandonment. Is it not a certain admirable wisdom,

preferable to all other advantages, and whereof all others are only

secondaries and indemnities, because this is that in which the

individual is no longer his own foolish master, but inhales an

odorous and celestial air, is wrapped round with awe of the object,

blending for the time that object with the real and only good, and

consults every omen in nature with tremulous interest. When we speak

truly, — is not he only unhappy who is not in love? his fancied

freedom and self-rule — is it not so much death? He who is in love

is wise and is becoming wiser, sees newly every time he looks at the

object beloved, drawing from it with his eyes and his mind those

virtues which it possesses. Therefore if the object be not itself a

living and expanding soul, he presently exhausts it. But the love

remains in his mind, and the wisdom it brought him; and it craves a

new and higher object. And the reason why all men honor love, is

because it looks up and not down; aspires and not despairs.

And what is Genius but finer love, a love impersonal, a love of

the flower and perfection of things, and a desire to draw a new

picture or copy of the same? It looks to the cause and life: it

proceeds from within outward, whilst Talent goes from without inward.

Talent finds its models, methods, and ends, in society, exists for

exhibition, and goes to the soul only for power to work. Genius is

its own end, and draws its means and the style of its architecture

from within, going abroad only for audience, and spectator, as we

adapt our voice and phrase to the distance and character of the ear

we speak to. All your learning of all literatures would never enable

you to anticipate one of its thoughts or expressions, and yet each is

natural and familiar as household words. Here about us coils forever

the ancient enigma, so old and so unutterable. Behold! there is the

sun, and the rain, and the rocks: the old sun, the old stones. How

easy were it to describe all this fitly; yet no word can pass.

Nature is a mute, and man, her articulate speaking brother, lo! he

also is a mute. Yet when Genius arrives, its speech is like a river;

it has no straining to describe, more than there is straining in

nature to exist. When thought is best, there is most of it. Genius

sheds wisdom like perfume, and advertises us that it flows out of a

deeper source than the foregoing silence, that it knows so deeply and

speaks so musically, because it is itself a mutation of the thing it

describes. It is sun and moon and wave and fire in music, as

astronomy is thought and harmony in masses of matter.

What is all history but the work of ideas, a record of the

incomputable energy which his infinite aspirations infuse into man?

Has any thing grand and lasting been done? Who did it? Plainly not

any man, but all men: it was the prevalence and inundation of an

idea. What brought the pilgrims here? One man says, civil liberty;

another, the desire of founding a church; and a third, discovers that

the motive force was plantation and trade. But if the Puritans could

rise from the dust, they could not answer. It is to be seen in what

they were, and not in what they designed; it was the growth and

expansion of the human race, and resembled herein the sequent

Revolution, which was not begun in Concord, or Lexington, or

Virginia, but was the overflowing of the sense of natural right in

every clear and active spirit of the period. Is a man boastful and

knowing, and his own master? — we turn from him without hope: but

let him be filled with awe and dread before the Vast and the Divine,

which uses him glad to be used, and our eye is riveted to the chain

of events. What a debt is ours to that old religion which, in the

childhood of most of us, still dwelt like a sabbath morning in the

country of New England, teaching privation, self-denial and sorrow!

A man was born not for prosperity, but to suffer for the benefit of

others, like the noble rock-maple which all around our villages

bleeds for the service of man. Not praise, not men’s acceptance of

our doing, but the spirit’s holy errand through us absorbed the

thought. How dignified was this! How all that is called talents and

success, in our noisy capitals, becomes buzz and din before this

man-worthiness! How our friendships and the complaisances we use,

shame us now! Shall we not quit our companions, as if they were

thieves and pot-companions, and betake ourselves to some desert cliff

of mount Katahdin, some unvisited recess in Moosehead Lake, to bewail

our innocency and to recover it, and with it the power to communicate

again with these sharers of a more sacred idea?

And what is to replace for us the piety of that race? We

cannot have theirs: it glides away from us day by day, but we also

can bask in the great morning which rises forever out of the eastern

sea, and be ourselves the children of the light. I stand here to

say, Let us worship the mighty and transcendent Soul. It is the

office, I doubt not, of this age to annul that adulterous divorce

which the superstition of many ages has effected between the

intellect and holiness. The lovers of goodness have been one class,

the students of wisdom another, as if either could exist in any

purity without the other. Truth is always holy, holiness always

wise. I will that we keep terms with sin, and a sinful literature

and society, no longer, but live a life of discovery and performance.

Accept the intellect, and it will accept us. Be the lowly ministers

of that pure omniscience, and deny it not before men. It will burn

up all profane literature, all base current opinions, all the false

powers of the world, as in a moment of time. I draw from nature the

lesson of an intimate divinity. Our health and reason as men needs

our respect to this fact, against the heedlessness and against the

contradiction of society. The sanity of man needs the poise of this

immanent force. His nobility needs the assurance of this

inexhaustible reserved power. How great soever have been its

bounties, they are a drop to the sea whence they flow. If you say,

`the acceptance of the vision is also the act of God:’ — I shall not

seek to penetrate the mystery, I admit the force of what you say. If

you ask, `How can any rules be given for the attainment of gifts so

sublime?’ I shall only remark that the solicitations of this spirit,

as long as there is life, are never forborne. Tenderly, tenderly,

they woo and court us from every object in nature, from every fact in

life, from every thought in the mind. The one condition coupled with

the gift of truth is its use. That man shall be learned who reduceth

his learning to practice. Emanuel Swedenborg affirmed that it was

opened to him, "that the spirits who knew truth in this life, but did

it not, at death shall lose their knowledge." "If knowledge," said

Ali the Caliph, "calleth unto practice, well; if not, it goeth away."

The only way into nature is to enact our best insight. Instantly we

are higher poets, and can speak a deeper law. Do what you know, and

perception is converted into character, as islands and continents

were built by invisible infusories, or, as these forest leaves absorb

light, electricity, and volatile gases, and the gnarled oak to live a

thousand years is the arrest and fixation of the most volatile and

ethereal currents. The doctrine of this Supreme Presence is a cry of

joy and exultation. Who shall dare think he has come late into

nature, or has missed anything excellent in the past, who seeth the

admirable stars of possibility, and the yet untouched continent of

hope glittering with all its mountains in the vast West? I praise

with wonder this great reality, which seems to drown all things in

the deluge of its light. What man seeing this, can lose it from his

thoughts, or entertain a meaner subject? The entrance of this into

his mind seems to be the birth of man. We cannot describe the

natural history of the soul, but we know that it is divine. I cannot

tell if these wonderful qualities which house to-day in this mortal

frame, shall ever reassemble in equal activity in a similar frame, or

whether they have before had a natural history like that of this body

you see before you; but this one thing I know, that these qualities

did not now begin to exist, cannot be sick with my sickness, nor

buried in any grave; but that they circulate through the Universe:

before the world was, they were. Nothing can bar them out, or shut

them in, but they penetrate the ocean and land, space and time, form

and essence, and hold the key to universal nature. I draw from this

faith courage and hope. All things are known to the soul. It is not

to be surprised by any communication. Nothing can be greater than

it. Let those fear and those fawn who will. The soul is in her

native realm, and it is wider than space, older than time, wide as

hope, rich as love. Pusillanimity and fear she refuses with a

beautiful scorn: they are not for her who putteth on her coronation

robes, and goes out through universal love to universal power.

.

Çocuk Gelişimi

Salı, 06 Kasım 2007

ÇOCUK GELİŞİMİ

"Büyüme" yapısal bir artışı dile getirir. Bedende gerçekleşen sayısal değişiklikleri içerir (kilo, boy artışı gibi). Çocuk, sadece fiziksel olarak büyümekle kalmaz, aynı zamanda beyniyle, iç organlarının yapı ve büyüklüklerinde de değişmeler olur. Beynin gelişimi sonucu, çocukta giderek artan bir öğrenme, anımsama ve yargılama yeteneği oluşur. Böylece fiziksel büyümeye koşut olarak, çocuk zihinsel olarak da gelişir. Buna karşılık, "Gelişme" değişikliklerin niceliği yanında niteliğini de içermektedir. Gelişme kavramı, düzenli, uyumlu ve sürekli bir ilerlemeyi dile getirmektedir.

Gelişimin beş temel özelliği vardır. Gelişim:

1. Dinamik bir olgudur.

2. Genetik bireyselliÄŸin bir sonucudur.

3. Giderek artan bir bireyselleşme sürecidir.

4. Ardarda giden, düzenli ve dengeli bir süreçtir.

Yapılan gözlem ve çalışmalar, belli gelişim dönemlerinde çocuklarda ortak olan eğilim ve davranış kalıplarının bulunduğunu ortaya koymaktadır. Gelişim süreci;

* Motor GeliÅŸim,

* BiliÅŸsel (Zihinsel) GeliÅŸim,

* Dil GeliÅŸimi,

* Duygusal ve Sosyal Gelişim alanlarında , gelişim hızları yaşa bağlı olarak değişir.

BEBEKLİK DÖNEMİ (0-2 YAŞ)

Çocuğun eğitimi açısından 0-2 aylık dönemin önemi büyüktür, çünkü gelişimin tüm yüzlerine ilişkin temeller bu dönemde atılır.

MOTOR GELİŞİM

Motor becerilerinde baştan aşağıya ve bedenin merkezinden dışa doğru bir gelişim seyri görülür.

Refleksler: Bebekler geniş refleksler topluluğuyla dünyaya gelirler. Emmeye başlama refleksi, arama refleksi, yutma refleksi, moro refleksi, babinksi refleksi, yakalama refleksi, adım atma refleksi bunlardan bazılarıdır. Bu reflekslerden çoğu doğumdan sonraki 3-5 ay içinde azalarak geçmektedir.

Motor Yeteneklerin Gelişimi: Yeni doğanın hareket yetenekleri fazla etkileyici değildir. Çocuğun ilk kazandığı yeteneğin başını kaldırmak olduğu, bunun ardından el ve kollarını kullanabildiği, nihayet ayak ve bacaklarını kullanmaya başladığı görülmüştür.

0. ay Fötal duruşunu sürdürür.

1. ay Çenesini kaldırabilir.

2. ay Göğsünü kaldırabilir.

3. ay Başarısız uzanmalarda bulunur.

4. ay Destekle oturur.

5. ay KucaÄŸa oturup nesneleri yakalar.

6. ay Mama sandalyesinde oturup sallanan nesneleri yakalar.

7. ay Kendi başına oturabilir.

8. ay Yardımla ayağa kalkabilir.

9. ay Sandalyeye tutunarak ayakta durabilir.

10. ay Emekler.

11. ay Eli tutulduğunda yürüyebilir.

12. ay Bir eşyayı tutup kendini çekerek ayağa kalkabilir.

13. ay Dört ayak üzerinde merdiven çıkabilir.

14. ay Kendi başına ayakta durabilir.

15. ay Kendi başına yürüyebilir.

El yakalama becerisinde; 6 aylık bebek nesneyi tüm eliyle yakalamaya çalışır, 9 ay civarında yakalama davranışı tüm parmaklar tarafından yürütülür ve 2 yaşında sadece başparmak ve işaretparmağı ile küçük nesneleri yakalar.

ALGISAL[1] GELİŞİM

Görme keskinliği; doğumdan hemen sonra parlaklıktaki değişime duyarlıdırlar ve bu duyarlılık ilk iki ay içersinde hızla gelişir. Yeni doğan bebekler 19 cm. uzaklıktaki nesneleri net görebilirler. Dört aylıkken normal bir yetişkin gibi görebilirler.

Şekil algısı; 5-7 hafta arasındaki bebeklerin daha çok gözlere baktığı belirlenmiştir. Bu nedenle, bebekle sağlanan göz teması, bebekle bakıcısı arasında sosyal bağın gelişmesinde önemli rol oynar.

Algısal değişmezlik; iki aylık bebeklerin şeklin değişmezliğinin algısına, 4 aylık bebeklerin ise rengin değişmezlik algısına ulaşmış oldukları gösterilmiştir.

Derinlik algısının; bebeklerde 1. 5-2 ay sonra geliştiği düşünülmektedir. Nesne kavramı; nesnenin sürekliliğine ilişkin ilk kanıt iki ay dolaylarında kendini gösterir. Bebeğe gösterilen oyuncak saklanınca şaşırdığı görülür. Ancak arama davranışı 6 ay dolaylarında görülür. Tamamen görüş alanından çıkan nesnenin aranması ise 8-12 aylar arasında gelişir. İşitme duyusu; yeni doğmuş bebeklerin yetişkinlere yakın bir keskinlikle duyabildikleri gösterilmiştir.

Konuşma algısında; çok küçük bebekler konuşma seslerini algılayabilir ve konuşucuları çok erkenden ayırt edebilirler. Gerçekten de bebekler anne babalarının yüzlerini daha henüz tanımadan önce, onları seslerinden ayırt edebilir gibidirler.

Koku ve tat alma duyuları; yeni doğmuş bebekler kokuları ayırt edebilirler, ancak koku duyusu 6 yaşına kadar tamamlanır. Yeni doğmuş bebekler hem tatlı, ekşi ve biberli gibi tatlara duyarlıdırlar hem de aralarında ayırım yapabilirler.

SOSYAL VE DUYGUSAL GELİŞİM

Sosyal ilişkilerin tartışılmasında temel kavram "ATTACHMENT-BAĞLILIK"dır. "Bağ" kavramı, iki kişi arasındaki duygusal bir zincir olarak açıklanır. Anne-baba ile çocuk arasındaki bağın oluşum sürecinde iki adım vardır:

Birinci adım: İlk bağlar (anneler açısından). - Annelerin çocuğuna karşı duyduğu bağın oluşumunda kritik bir dönemin varlığı ileri sürülmektedir ki bu da doğumdan hemen sonraki dönemdir. Bu dönemde bebeklerini kucaklarına alarak seven annelerin, çocuklarına daha kuvvetli bağlarla bağlandıkları belirlenmiştir.

İkinci adım: Bağların kaynaşması. - İlk hafta ve aylarda anne-baba ile bebek arasında karşılıklı olarak birbirlerine kenetlenme, bağlanma şeklinde davranış örüntüleri gözlenir. Gerçek bir bağın oluşması için zamana ve denemelere ihtiyaç vardır. Bu süreç sakin bir şekilde yürüdükçe ve anne-baba çocuklarının ihtiyaçlarını sezmeye başladıkça, anne-babalık görevi daha doyumlu olmaya başlar ve bebeklerine olan bağları kuvvetlenir.

Babaların çocuklarına olan bağlarının annelere benzediği, fakat doğumdan birkaç ay sonra, babaların annelerden farklı bir rol üstlendikleri araştırmalarda saptanmıştır. Annelerin çocukların bakımını üstlendikleri gibi, onlarla daha fazla konuştukları, daha fazla kucaklarına aldıkları, daha fazla şefkat gösterdikleri ve daha sakin bir etkileşime girdikleri görülmüş; Babaların ise daha çok çocuklarıyla fiziksel boğuşma davranışına girdikleri ve daha çok oyun oynadıkları gözlenmiş, bunun da bebekle etkileşim örüntüsünde pek etkili olmadığı bulunmuştur.

BEBEĞİN ANNE-BABASINA OLAN BAĞLARININ GELİŞİMİ

İlk 3-4 ay süresince bebek kişilere ayırım yapmadan tepkide bulunur.

3-5 ay arasında ise bebek yüzler arasında ayırım yapar ve aşina olduğu kişi bebeği daha kolay sakinleştirir.

6-7, 11-12 ayları arasında bebek genellikle tek bir kişiye bağlanır, bu da genellikle annedir. 6-8 aylar arasında bağlandığı kişiye karşı ayrılma endişesi başlar. 8-12 aylar arasındaki bebeğin yabancılardan korkma davranışı, yine bu bağı kanıtlayıcı bir tepkidir.

2-3 yaşlarına doğru konuşmaya ve yürümeye başladıkça, yetişkinin muhakkak yanında olmasını istemez ve çevreyle temasını arttırır.

Annenin tepkilerinin çocuklarıyla olan etkileşime etkisi: Annenin güven duygusu; Güvensiz anneler genellikle ya sık sık çocuklarına bakma ve eğitme biçimlerini değiştirirler ya da hiçbir esneklik göstermeden belirli bir rutin içinde hareket ederler, çünkü bu rutin kendilerinin sahip olmadıkları güven duygusunu sağlar. Bu tür tutumlar ise çocuklarda güvensizliğe neden olur.

Annenin bebeğinin özelliklerini ve gereksinimlerini algılama derecesi; Anneleri ile uyumlu etkileşim içinde olan bebeklerin çevrelerine karşı daha ilgili ve daha az ürkek oldukları, bebeğine daha fazla tepki veren annelerde bebeklerin istekleri kolaylıkla yerine getirme olasılıklarının daha fazla olduğu görülmüştür. Anneleri ile olumlu sosyal ilişki içinde olan bebeklerin çevrelerini ve yeni nesneleri keşfetmeye daha açık oldukları belirlenmiştir. Ancak annenin tepki dozunu kaçırıp, çocuğun en hafif sızıldanmalarına gereğinden fazla duyarlı olup tepkide bulunması da anne ile çocuk arasında sembiyotik bağın gelişmesine neden olur ki, bu da çocuğun bağımsız bir kişilik geliştirmesini engeller.

Annelerin bebeklerinin faaliyetlerine tepki şekli; Annenin tepkilerinin bebeğin davranışıyla uyumlu olması halinde, bebek neden sonuç ilişkisini daha kolay sezecek, bebeğin zeka gelişimi olumlu bir şekilde etkilenecek ve çevre üzerinde etkili olabileceği konusunda olumlu bir beklenti içine girebilecektir. Annelerin bebeklerinin olumlu ve olumsuz davranışlarına gösterdikleri tepki şekilleri bebeklerin çevreye karşı uyumu açısından önemlidir. Annelerin iletişim biçimlerinin bebeklerin zihinsel gelişimine etkisi; Doğumdan on yaşına kadar süren dönem içinde yapılan bir araştırmada duyarlı ve tepki veren annelerin çocuklarının on yaşındaki zeka bölümleri, duyarsız ve tepkisiz annelerin aynı yaştaki çocuklarının zeka bölümlerinden daha yüksek bulunmuştur.

Yaşamın ilk aylarında bebek kendini diğer bireylerden ayıramaz, kendisini annesinin bedeninin bir uzantısı olarak algılar. Bazı deneyler çocukların çoğunluğunun 21 ile 24 ayları arasında kendilerini açıkça ayrı bir varlık olarak gördüklerini gösterir niteliktedir.

BİLİŞSEL (ZEKA[2]) GELİŞİMİ

Çocuğun dünya hakkında bilgisi şekillendikçe birbirine bağlı zihinsel gelişim evrelerinden geçtiği savunulur. Yaşamın ilk 18 ayında bebeğin öğrenmesi, algı ve hareketlerini organize etme şeması ya da duyu hareket şeması biçiminde düzenleme ve geliştirmekten ibarettir.

0-1ay arasında doğuştan olan refleks tepkilerini geliştirirler.

1-4. aylar arasında; bebekler hareketleri üzerinde daha istemli bir denetim sağlayabilir ve yaptıkları davranışı yinelemekten hoşlanır, çevredeki ilginç değişiklikleri fark edebilirler.

4-8. aylar arasında; neden ve sonuçları ayırma yeteneği görülmeye başlar. Sabit duran nesneleri tüm duyularıyla inceler, dikkatlice bakıp seslerini dinler, nesneleri birçok kez elleri içinde döndürürler. Sadece zevk almak için birçok karmaşık ve ilginç yolu denerler ve böylece de oyun davranışlarına ilk kez girişirler. yetişkinlerin kol ve bacaklarıyla yaptıkları hareketleri taklit edebilirler.

8-12 ay arasında; en büyük özelliği daha mükemmel şekilde neden ve sonuçların birbirinden ayrılmasıdır. Amaçlarına götürecek yolları deneyerek, değiştirerek uygun olanını bulmaya çalışırlar. Görüş alanından kaybolan oyuncakları ararlar. Daha önce yapmadıkları yetişkin davranışlarını taklit edebilirler.

12-18 aylar arasında; bebek deneme yanılma yoluyla sorunların çözümü için yeni yollar keşfeder ve keşfinin sonuçlarını görmeye çalışır. Yerden aldığı oyuncakları atar, böylece seslerini, kırılganlıklarını fark ederler. Görüş alanından çıkan nesneyi sistematik olarak en son saklanan yerden arama davranışı gösterir. Karmaşık ve bütünüyle yeni devinimleri yineleyebilir ve bunlara oyununda yer verir.

18-24 aylar arasında; bebek artık zihninden sonuca götürecek yollar düşünür, zihinsel sembolleri kullanarak (tabure, sopa gibi) istediği şeye ulaşmaya çalışır. Yine sembol kullanma yeteneğine bağlı olarak , oyunlarında da büyük ölçüde değişiklik görülür. Etkilendiği örnek görüş alanında bulunmasa da onun davranışlarını taklit edebilir.

DİL GELİŞİM

Konuşmayı öğrenmek uzun ve karmaşık bir olgudur. 0 ile 12-15 ay arası çocuk iletişimini mimiklerle, ağlama biçimleriyle ve anlamsız mırıldanmalarla dile hazırlık şeklinde yapar. İlk sözcükler genellikle birinci yılın sonlarında kullanılmaya başlar. 9-18 aylar arasında iki sözcükle farklı anlamların ifade edildiği cümlelerin kurulduğu dönem başlar. Çocuğun ilk konuşmaları öncelikle günlük yaşamlarında yakından ilgilendikleri ve onlar için işlevi olan objelerle ilgilidir.

Sesli uyarıcıları bol çevrede yetişen bebek, daha fazla seslendirme etkinliğinde bulunmakta ve daha çeşitli sesler çıkarabilmektedir. Genizden konuşanlar incelendiğinde, genellikle sütleri çok yavaş emdikleri, bu nedenlerle annelerin biberon deliğini fazla genişlettiği öğrenilmiştir, ancak bu konuşmaya yardımcı olacak olan normal emmeyi engellediği için önerilmemektedir. Biberon deliği gereğinden fazla küçük olanlarda ise ileri de peltek konuşma olabileceği için bu da önerilmemektedir.

0-6 ay arasında Bir yaşından önce çocuk dili anlamlı şekilde kullanamaz, ancak seslendirme (vocalisation) işlevi vardır. Birinci ay süresince bebekte seslendirmelere pek sık rastlanmaz.

6.ay Bu aydan itibaren bebeğe bir ses verildiğinde o da bir sesle tepkide bulunur. Kendi çıkardığı sesleri dinlediği gibi başkalarının çıkardığı sesleri de dinlemeye başlar. Bu toplumsallaşmış seslendirmedir.

8. ay Sesli ifadeleri duygularını açığa vurur.

10. ay İşittiği sesleri taklit eder gibi görünür, ancak başarılı olamaz.

12. ay Çocuk ilk anlamlı sözcüğünü genelde bir yaş civarında söyler. Bazı sözcük ve basit emirleri anlar. Yetişkinin çıkardığı sesleri papağan gibi yineler ancak, konuşmasında anlaşılır bir akıcılık yoktur.

18. ay 18. ay civarında çocukların kelime bilgisi artmaya başlar. Ancak çocuk az sayıda kelime bilgisine sahip olduğu için bildiği kelimelerle genellemeler yapar (çoğu yiyeceğe birden mama demesi gibi). Çocuk iki nesne arasında ayırım yaptıkça yeni sözcüğe gereksinim duyar.

İkinci yaş 2 yaşına gelince iki sözcüklü cümleler kurmaya başlarlar ve çevrelerindeki hemen her şeyi isimlendirirler. Cümle kurarken cümlenin anlamı için önemli olmayan takıları atarlar.

Konuşmayı geciktiren öğeler;

-Duygusal çatışma, sevgi, şefkat eksikliği gibi.

-Münakaşa, dilin sürekli münakaşa etmek için kullanılan ortamda büyüyen çocuklar.

-Aşırı düşkünlük, bu tür çevrede çocuğa konuşmak için yeterince fırsat verilmez.

-İlgisizlik.

İLETİŞİM[3] BİÇİMLERİ

Sözel tepkiler ile çocuğun konuşmalarına yanıt verilecek böylece kendine olan güveni artacak, atılımda bulunmak için teşvik edilmiş olacaktır. Anne çocuğuna iletmek istediği mesajı kendi ifadesiyle yineleyerek, doğru anlayıp anlamadığını denetlemesi ile çocuk sonraki iletişimlerinde kendini daha açıkça ifade edebilecek ve kendi eylemlerinin başkalarının üzerinde etkili olduğunu görerek kendine olan güveni artacaktır.

Duruma göre tepki türlerinin ayarlanmasında önemli olan yetiÅŸkinin duruma göre tepki türlerini ayarlamasıdır. Çocukların kendiliÄŸinden olan iletiÅŸimleri: İstek bildiren iletiÅŸimler, bilgi aktaran iletiÅŸimler ve öğrenmeye iliÅŸkin iletiÅŸimler olmak üzere 3′e ayrılır.

Çocuğun isteğinin yerine getirilemeyeceği durumlarda istediği şeyin yerine geçecek başka olumlu bir şey önerilmeli, aynı zamanda basit sözcük ve kavramlar kullanarak, yasaklamanın nedeni açıklanmalıdır.

İki yaşındaki çocukların keşfetme isteklerini kuvvetlendirmek için, denetleyici-kısıtlayıcı konuşmaların elden geldiğince az sayıda olması gerekir. Bunun için de çevredeki tehlikeli ve kolay kırılacak nesnelerin kaldırılarak çocuğun görüş alanının dışında tutulmalarında ve böylece çocuğun kısıtlanmadan rahat hareket edeceği bir alanın sağlanmasında yarar vardır.

Etkin öğretimin temeli olan tepkisel öğretim çocuğun konuşmalarına verilen tepkide bir seri öğretici unsurlarda eklenmesidir. Spontan öğretim ise yetişkinin durup dururken renklere, sayılara ilişkin konuşmaya geçmesidir.

Onaylama çocuğun sürekli atılımlar yapan aktif bir keşfedici olarak kabul edildiğini belirtme açısından önemlidir.

Tüm bu iletişim yolları, çocuğun sadece dil ve zeka açısından gelişimini tamamlamakla kalmaz, çocuğun gelişmekte olan egosunu da güçlendirerek kendine güvenen, atılımlardan çekinmeyen, duygusal yönden sağlıklı ve öğrenmeye karşı güdüsü (motivasyonu) artmış bir birey olarak yetişmesini de sağlar.

1-12 AY ARASI ÇOCUK GELİŞİMİ

1. Ay:

- Yeni doğanın hareket yetenekleri fazla etkileyici değildir. Çocuğun ilk kazandığı yeteneğin başını kaldırmak olduğu, bunun ardından el ve kollarını kullanabildiği, nihayet ayak ve bacaklarını kullanmaya başladığı görülmüştür.

- Çenesini kaldırabilir

-19-20 cm. Uzaklıktaki nesneleri net görebilirler. - Kokuları ayırt edebilirler,

- Bebeklerin daha çok gözlere baktığı belirlenmiştir. Bu nedenle, bebekle sağlanan göz teması, bebekle bakıcısı arasında sosyal bağın gelişmesinde önemli rol oynar.

- Annelerin çocuğuna karşı duyduğu bağın oluşumunda kritik bir dönemin varlığı ileri sürülmektedir ki bu da doğumdan hemen sonraki dönemdir. Bu dönemde bebeklerini kucaklarına alarak seven annelerin, çocuklarına daha kuvvetli bağlarla bağlandıkları belirlenmiştir.

- Bu ayda konuşmaya yönelik bir faaliyet genellikle görülmez.

- Bebeğin başı her zaman desteklenmelidir.

- Elleri yumuktur veya hafifçe açıktır.

- Hıçkırıklar sık görülür ama önemsizdir.

- Hapşırıklardan korkmayın, bu burnu temizler.

- Bu ay objelere bakmaya baÅŸlayabilir.

- İşitmeye başlamıştır ama sesin geldiği yeri anlayamaz.

- Yüzüne 0.5 metreden yakın objeleri daha iyi görür.

- Bu ayda bebek siyah beyaz geometrik objeleri çok iyi seçer.

- Yatağının çevresindeki bu tür objelere dikkatini çeker.

- Bebekler insan yüzünü diğer objelerden ayırırlar.

- BebeÄŸiniz insan sesini diÄŸer seslere tercih eder.

- BebeÄŸinizi beslerken onunla konuÅŸun.

- Günlük banyoya ihtiyacı yoktur. Fazla yıkamak bebeğinizin cildini kurutur.

- Doğumda Hepatit B aşısının ilk dozunun yapılmış olması gereklidir. Birinci ayın sonunda (ilk dozdan 1 ay sonra) Hepatit B aşısının 2.dozu uygulanmalıdır.

KİŞİLİK GELİŞİMİ

Bebeğin diğer önemli özelliği tümüyle kendi gereksinimlerini gidermeye yönelik olmasıdır. Bu özelliğine egosantrik de diyebiliriz. Ancak burada söz konusu olan bencillik bilinçli olarak kendi gereksinimlerini en ön planda tutmak değildir. Bebek ilk ilişkisini bu çerçeve içinde annesi ya da annelik görevini yapan kişi ile kurar. Çocuğun bu ilişki içinde iki temel gereksinimi vardır: fiziksel bakım ( doyurma ve korunma ) ve sosyal bakım ( sevgi ve duygusal yakınlık ). Bu iki temel gereksinimin nasıl ve ne ölçüde yerine getirildiğini bilirsek çocuğun ilerdeki kişiliğinin temeli hakkında çok şey öğrenmiş oluruz. Önce fiziksel bakımı ele alalım. Olumlu bir anne çocuk ilişkisinde çocuk zamanla annesini ve ona doyum veren, onu koruyan, rahat ettiren bir kişiyi bir ödül kaynağı olarak beller, ona değer verir. Anne yokken arar, görünce sevinir, ona bağlılık duyar ve bağlanır. Bebeğin kısa süre de olsa annenin gözden uzaklaşmasına dayanabilmesi bebeğin özbenliğine de varlığı artık kesinlik kazanmış bir anne tasarımının bulunduğunu gösterir. Anne bir süre gözden uzaklaşmış olabilir, fakat az sonra gelecektir, çünkü gözden şu anda silinmesi tümden yok olması değildir. Demek ki düzenli alma verme ilişkisi bebeğin zihninde annenin sürekliliğini sağlar. Anne çocuğa karşı tutarlı ve olumlu ise çocukta genel olarak yaşamda doyum bulacağına ilişkin bir temel güven duygusu oluşmaya başlar. Ama anne tutarsız, olumsuz ya da kaygılı ise çocuk bu temel güveni oluşturmakta zorluk çeker.

Fiziksel bakım eksiksiz de olsa temel güveni oluÅŸturmada tek başına yeterli deÄŸil. Sevgi ve duygusal yakınlık görmeyen çocuÄŸun kiÅŸiliÄŸi bu durumdan olumsuz etkilenir. Hatta bakım evlerinde yaÅŸayan çocuklar üzerinde yapılan araÅŸtırmalar yeterli fiziksel bakım gören ama sevilip okÅŸanmayan, konuÅŸulmayan çocukların önce çevreden ilgi aradıkları, fakat zamanla adeta yaÅŸama küsüp çevreyle iliÅŸkilerini kestiklerini ortaya koymuÅŸturlar. Oysa sevgi ve duygusal yakınlık gören çocuk insanlarla iliÅŸki kurmayı tatmin edici bir olay olarak görür. Annesinin ona deÄŸer vermesi onda deÄŸerli olduÄŸu kanısını uyandırır. Genellikle insanlarca sevileceÄŸine, sevilmeye deÄŸer bir insan olduÄŸuna iliÅŸkin temel güven oluÅŸturur. İşte, anne çocuk iliÅŸkisindeki bu süreklilik, tutarlılık ve aynılık çocukta “temel güven duygusunun” özünü oluÅŸturur.

2. Ay:

- Emmeye başlama refleksi, arama refleksi, yutma refleksi, moro refleksi, babinksi refleksi, yakalama refleksi, adım atma refleksi bu ayda görülen reflekslerdir.- Bu reflekslerden çoğu doğumdan sonraki 2-5 ay içinde azalarak geçmektedir.

- Bu ayda bebek göğsünü kaldırabilir

- Başarısız uzanmalarda bulunur.

- Ellerini açmaya başlar.

- Anneyi babayı tanır.

- Seslere tepki vermeye baÅŸlar.

- Birinci ay tamamlandıktan sonra Hepatit B aşısının 2. dozu uygulanmalıdır.

-Bebeğinizin ikinci ayı dolduğunda, 5li karma aşının (difteri, boğmaca, tetanoz, menenjit(Hib), çocuk felci(polio) aşısının) 1.dozunun yapılmış olması gereklidir.

ALGISAL GELİŞİM

- Doğumdan hemen sonra parlaklıktaki değişime duyarlıdırlar.

- Bu duyarlılık ilk iki ay içersinde hızla gelişir.

- Bebeğe gösterilen oyuncak saklanınca şaşırdığı görülür

- İki aylık bebeklerin şeklin değişmezliğinin algısına ulaşmış oldukları gösterilmiştir.

İlk hafta ve aylarda anne-baba ile bebek arasında karşılıklı olarak birbirlerine kenetlenme, bağlanma şeklinde davranış örüntüleri gözlenir. Gerçek bir bağın oluşması için zamana ve denemelere ihtiyaç vardır. Bu süreç sakin bir şekilde yürüdükçe ve anne-baba çocuklarının ihtiyaçlarını sezmeye başladıkça, anne-babalık görevi daha doyumlu olmaya başlar ve bebeklerine olan bağları kuvvetlenir.

3. Ay:

- Bebek bu aylarda kişileri ayırabilir.

- Çevredeki ilginç değişiklikleri fark edebilirler.

- Bebekler konuşma seslerini algılayabilir .

- Konuşucuları çok erkenden ayırt edebilirler.

- Anne babalarının yüzlerini daha henüz tanımadan önce, onları seslerinden ayırt edebilir gibidirler.

- Yüksek sesle güler.

- Seslerin kaynağına bakar.

- Ellerini birleÅŸtirir.

- Bu aylarda evde sessiz zamanlar yaratın.

- Bebeğinizle konuşurken aynı sesleri tekrar edin.

- Bebeğiniz hasta olmasa bile normal kontrollerine götürün.

- Genizden konuşanlar incelendiğinde, genellikle sütleri çok yavaş emdikleri, bu nedenlerle annelerin biberon deliğini fazla genişlettiği öğrenilmiştir, ancak bu konuşmaya yardımcı olacak olan normal emmeyi engellediği için önerilmemektedir. Biberon deliği gereğinden fazla küçük olanlarda ise ileri de peltek konuşma olabileceği için bu da önerilmemektedir. - Üçüncü ayın içinde bebeğinizin BCG (verem) aşısının uygulanması gerekmektedir.

- Bebekler hem tatlı, ekşi ve biberli gibi tatlara duyarlıdırlar hem de aralarında ayırım yapabilirler.

Babaların çocuklarına olan bağlarının annelere benzediği, fakat doğumdan birkaç ay sonra (genellikle 3. Ay), babaların annelerden farklı bir rol üstlendikleri araştırmalarda saptanmıştır. Annelerin çocukların bakımını üstlendikleri gibi, onlarla daha fazla konuştukları, daha fazla kucaklarına aldıkları, daha fazla şefkat gösterdikleri ve daha sakin bir etkileşime girdikleri görülmüş; babaların ise daha çok çocuklarıyla fiziksel boğuşma davranışına girdikleri ve daha çok oyun oynadıkları gözlenmiş, bunun da bebekle etkileşim örüntüsünde pek etkili olmadığı bulunmuştur.

4. Ay:

- Dört aylıkken normal bir yetişkin gibi görebilirler.

- Renkleri farkedebilirler.

- Bebekler hareketleri üzerinde daha istemli bir denetim sağlayabilir.

- Yaptıkları davranışı yinelemekten hoşlanırlar.

- Bu ayda destekle oturabilir.

- Objeleri elden ele geçirebilir.

- İki heceli sesleri çıkarabilir.

- Yabancılardan korkmaya başlar.

- Bebeğin ayakları düz olarak görülebilir veya başparmakları içe dönük görünebilir. Doktorunuz bu konuda en doğru bilgiyi verecektir ancak bu durum genellikle geçicidir.

- Konuşmayı öğrenmek uzun ve karmaşık bir olgudur. Bu ayda çocuk iletişimini mimiklerle, ve anlamsız mırıldanmalarla dile hazırlık şeklinde yapar.

- Sesli uyarıcıları bol çevrede yetişen bebek, daha fazla seslendirme etkinliğinde bulunmakta ve daha çeşitli sesler çıkarabilmektedir.

- Bebeğinizin dördüncü ayında, 5li karma aşının (difteri, boğmaca, tetanoz, menenjit(Hib), çocuk felci(polio) aşısının) 2.dozunun yapılmış olması gereklidir

BESLENME

İlk dört ay bebeğin emerek beslenme evresidir. Bu süreden önce yutma refleksi zayıftır vesüt çocuğu kaşıkla verilenleri yeterince yutamaz, ağzından geri çıkarmaya eğilimlidir. Bu dönemde böbrekler de immatürdür.protein ve elektrolitlerin yükünü atamaz. Sindirim sisteminde yabancı proteinlere karşı koruyucu mekanizma tam gelişmemiştir. Mideden yeterli asit salgılanamaz. Nişasta ve yağların emilimi için gerekli enzimleri de yetersiz salgılanırlar. Bu nedenle bu dönem için en ideal gıda,içinde bu enzimleri içeren,protein ve elektrolit içeriği düşük olan anne sütüdür. Anne sütünün verilemediği nadir durumlarda içeriği anne sütüne yaklaştırılmış sütlerin verilmesi gerekir.

5. Ay :

- KucaÄŸa oturup nesneleri yakalar.

- Bebek yüzler arasında ayırım yapar .

- Desteksiz oturmaya baÅŸlayabilir.

- Objeleri ağzına götürerek keşfetmeye başlar (ayağı dahil)

- Yabancı olmayanları tanır.

- AÅŸina olduÄŸu kiÅŸi bebeÄŸi daha kolay sakinleÅŸtirir.

- Önce çocuk dili anlamlı şekilde kullanamaz, ancak seslendirme (vocalisation) işlevi vardır.

Kişilik gelişimini etkileyen diğer bir faktör ise duygusal gelişimdir. Duygusal gelişim sağlıklı bir insan gelişimini inceleyebilme açısında önemli olduğu kadar, duygusal temelde sorunları olan çocukların bu sorunlarının anlaşılması ve tedavisi açısından da araştırılması gereken bir konudur. Duygusal gelişimin parçası olan korkuya şöyle bir bakalım. Bu dönemde ses korku yaratan uyarıcılar arasında birinci sırada gelir. 5.aysonrasında bebeklerin yaşındaki ilerlemeye bağlı olarak bebeklerde uçurum görüntüsüne karşı korku tepkileri artmıştır. Diğer bir korku türü ise bebeklerin yabancılara karşı gösterdikleri korku tepkileridir.

- Bu aydan sonra ek gıdalara başlanmış olması gereklidir. Kaşıkla beslenmeye geç başlanan çocukların bazılarında çiğneme ve katı gıdayı yutabilmek için dilin dönme reflekslerinde gecikme olmaktadır. Bu nedenle büyümesi yeterli olsa bile 5. Ayda kaşıkla ek gıda verilmeye başlanması önerilmektedir.

6. Ay :

- Mama sandalyesinde oturup sallanan nesneleri yakalar

- Arama davranışı buaylarda görülür.

- Neden ve sonuçları ayırma yeteneği görülmeye başlar.

- Sabit duran nesneleri tüm duyularıyla inceler, dikkatlice bakıp seslerini dinler. Nesneleri birçok kez elleri içinde döndürürler.

- Sadece zevk almak için birçok karmaşık ve ilginç yolu denerler ve böylece de oyun davranışlarına ilk kez girişirler. Yetişkinlerin kol ve bacaklarıyla yaptıkları hareketleri taklit edebilirler.

- Bebekler annelerinden ayrıldıklarını anlayabilir. Uykularından uyandıklarında korkup aÄŸlayabilirler. Bu duruma alıştırmak için kendinizi saklayıp tekrar ortaya çıkartan “cee “oyunu oynayabilirsiniz. BebeÄŸiniz günde 11 saat uyur. Ama unutmayın bu süre yalnızca gece uyuyacak anlamında deÄŸildir.

- Altıncı ay tamamlandıktan sonra Hepatit B aşısının 3. dozu uygulanmalıdır.

- Bebeğinizin altıncı ayında, 5li karma aşının (difteri, boğmaca, tetanoz, menenjit (Hib), çocuk felci(polio) aşısının) 3.dozunun yapılmış olması gereklidir.

Hayatın dört-altı aylarında süt çocuğunda yutma refleksi gelişir.

Ancak henüz dişleri olmayan çocuk katı gıdaları çiğneyemez ve ağzından geri çıkarır. Sindirim sisteminin yağ ve karbonhidratları emme işlevi ve yabancı proteinlere karşı koruyucu mekanizması da bu dönemde gelişir. Bu geçiş döneminde başlanan ek gıda lar yumuşak ve düşük allerjenik özellikte olmalıdır. Unlu, sütlü mamalar, yoğurt anne sütünün yanı sıra bu dönem için uygun besleyicidirler. Allerjen olmadığı için pirirç unu tercih edilmelidir. Dördüncü aydan sonra meyve ve sebze pürelerine de azar azar başlanabilir. Sebze püreleri patates,havuç, kabak ve pirinç ile hazırlanabilir. Mevsime göre elma, şeftali bu dönem için tercih edilen meyvelerdir. Vitaminlerin kaybolmaması için pürelerin yapımında cam rende kullanılması önerilmelidir. Gaz, karınağrısı ve allerji yapmadığından zengin c vitamin kaynakları olan portakal, mandalinaya da bu ayda başlanabilir.

7. Ay :

- Bu aydan itibaren bebeğe bir ses verildiğinde o da bir sesle tepkide bulunur. Kendi çıkardığı sesleri dinlediği gibi başkalarının çıkardığı sesleri de dinlemeye başlar. Bu toplumsallaşmış seslendirmedir.

- Yetişkinlerin kol ve bacaklarıyla yaptıkları hareketleri taklit edebilirler.

- Bebeğiniz sürünmeye başlamıştır.

- Kendi kendine yiyecek alabilir.

- Düşen objeler dikkatini çeker.

- İlk dişi çıkar.

Yedinci aydan itibaren çocuğa uygun olarak hazırlanmış sofra yemekleri verilebilir. Bunlar etli dolmalar, etli sebze yemekleri, tarhana,şehriye ve benzeri çorbalar, azilmiş makarna(haşlama suyu dökülmeden)ve pilav olabilir. Baharatsız ızgara köfte ve tavuğun beyaz eti didiklenerek küçük parçalar halinde sebze pürelerine eklenebilir.

8. Ay:

- Sesli ifadeleri duygularını açığa vurur.

- Daha önce yapmadıkları yetişkin davranışlarını taklit edebilirler.

- Oyuncakları tanımaya başlar.

- Kendi kendine oturma pozisyonuna geçebilir.

- Yatarken okuduğunuz kitabı dinler

- Bu ayda bebeğin enbüyük özelliği daha mükemmel şekilde neden ve sonuçların birbirinden ayrılmasıdır.

Bu aydan başlayarak, haşlanmış beyaz etli balıklar, haftada bir-iki defa bir-iki çorba kaşığı karaciğer ezmesi verilebilir. Beyin ezmesi vermenin herhangi bir faydası yoktur. Sekiz-dokuzuncu aylarda tam yumurta verilebilir. Yumurtanın kolesterol içeriği yüksek olduğundan haftada iki-üç defa verilmesi önerilmelidir.

9. Ay:

- Köfteyi ve diğer birçok yiyeceği ısırarak yiyebilir,

- Aile sofrasına oturabilir

- Evde hazırlanan erişkin besinlerin tamamı

- Oyuncaklarını vurarak ses çıkarabilir.

- Hayır kelimesini anlar.

- OrtaklaÅŸa oyun oynayabilir.

- Etrafa tutunarak yürüyebilir.

- Kendini çekerek ayağa kalkabilir.

- İşaret parmağı ve baş parmağı ile objeleri tutabilir.

- Buayda çocuğunuza okuduğunuz kitabıdinler.

- Bu ayda kızamık aşısı yapılmalıdır. Bu ay içinde kızamık aşısı yapılması gerekip gerekmediğini hekiminize danışınız.

10. Ay:

- İşittiği sesleri taklit eder gibi görünür, ancak başarılı olamaz.

- Ellerinizi tutarak yürüyebilir.

- Bir elini tutularak yürüyebilir

- Kaşıkla bir şeyler yiyebilir.

- Bu durumda evdeki emniyet kontrolünü bir kez daha yapın.

- Balkonlara dikkat edin.

- Mobilyaların sivri köşelerini plastik koruyucularla kaplayın.

- Ocaktaki tavaların saplarını çocuğun ulaşamayacağı bir şekilde tutun.

- Bebeğinizi mutfakta,balkonda, tuvalet ve banyoda yalnız bırakmayın.

- Sıcak içecekleri çocuğun ulaşabileceği yerden uzak tutun.

- Ne anlama geldiÄŸini bilerek anne ve baba diyebilir.

- Bebeğinizle şarkı söyleyebilirsiniz.

11. Ay:

- Bardaktan su içebilir.

- Bir elinizi tuttarak yürüyebilir

- Anne ve baba dışındabir kaç kelime daha söyleyebilir.

- Bu ayda karşılıklı oyun oynayabilirsiniz. En favori oyunu karşılıklı top yuvarlamak olabilir.

- Bebeğiniz artık kendi başına dolaşan bir bireydir ve evinizde tedbir almanın zamanı gelmiştir.

- Emirleri anlar.

- Bebeğiniz artık size cevap verebilir.

- Sevdiği oyuncakları gösterebilir.

- Bir ya da iki kelime söyleyebilir.

- Yetişkinin çıkardığı sesleri papağan gibi yineler ancak, konuşmasında anlaşılır bir akıcılık yoktur.

12. Ay:

- Tek başına ilk adımını atar.

- Sizin haraketlerinizi taklit eder.

- Yemeklerde artık masanıza oturmak ister.

- İkiden fazla kelime söyleyebilir.

- Bu ayda biberondan bardağa geçiş yapabilir.

- Bir yaşın sonunda kendi ayağa kalkıp yürür.

- Kimi çocuklar bir süre sonra da yürüyebilir

- İlk yaş gününü kutlama hazırlıkları!!!!

- Bebeğiniz 1 yaşını doldurduğunda, Hepatit A ve KKK (Kızamık, Kızamıkçık, Kabakulak) aşısının ilk dozlarının uygulanması gerekmektedir.

13 - 15 AY ARASI ÇOCUK GELİŞİMİ

Bu dönem çocuğunuzun pek çok şey öğrenip, pek çok gelişim yaşayacağı bir dönemdir. Her ne kadar çocuğunuzdaki gelişmeler ilk bir sene içerisinde gözlemlediğiniz gelişmeler kadar hızlı ve dikkat çekici olmasa da bu üç aylık dönemin sonuna doğru fiziksel, algısal ve sosyal gelişimindeki önemli değişiklikleri farkedeceksiniz.

FİZİKSEL GELİŞİM

Bebeklerin yüzde doksanı bu üç aylık dönemin sonlarına doğru yürümeye başlamış olurlar. Ancak her çocuğun gelişim tablosu farklı olduğu için kimi çocuklar 9 aylıkken yürümeye başlayabileceği gibi kimilerinde bu süre 18 aya kadar çıkar. Çocuğunuz bir kez yürümeye başlayıp özgürlüğün tadına varınca onu tekrar kucağınıza almak ya da bıraktığınız yerde aynı pozisyonda yatıyorken bulmak zorlaşacaktır.

Yürümeyi öğrenirken çocuğunuzun sık sık düşmesi kaçınılmazdır. Düştüğü zamanlarda eğer ciddi bir durum sözkonusu değilse panik yapmamaya ve hemen duruma müdahale etmemeye özen gösterin, aksi takdirde çocuk korkabilir, kendine olan güvenini yitirebilir. Sabırlı olun ve çocuğunuzun yürüme denemeleri yapabilmesi için güvenli mekanlar sağlamaya çalışın.

Ayakkabı konusunda acele etmeye gerek yoktur. Yumuşak bir halı üzerinde, çim alanda ya da kum üzerinde yaptığı yürüme denemelerinde çıplak ayakla olması kas gelişimi ve dengesini sağlaması açısından daha faydalı olabilir. Çıplak ayakla yürümesinin tehlikeli olacağı mekanlar için ise ayak sağlığına uygun ayakkabılar seçmeye özen gösterin. Daha uzun bir süre kullanabileceği düşüncesiyle ayağına büyük gelen ayakkabılar almayın, bu dengesini sağlamasını zorlaştıracaktır.

Bu dönemde çocuğunuzun el becerileri de gelişmeye başlar. El becerilerini kullanabilecekleri oyunları severek oynarlar (Objeleri şekillerine uygun boşluklara yerleştirme, blokları üstüste dizip sonra yıkma gibi).

Ayrıca yürürken aynı zamanda bir nesne taşıyabilir; saplı nesneleri itebilir; ayakkabı ve çoraplarını ayaklarından çıkarabilirler.

ALGISAL VE SOSYAL GELİŞİM

Bu dönemde çocuğunuz sizin tüm ilginizi ona yöneltmenizi ister. Oyuncaklarını, yiyeceklerini ve özellikle de sizin ilginizi; yani sevdiği şeyleri başkalarıyla paylaşmaktan hoşlanmaz. Yaşıtı olan çocuklarla birarada olduğu ortamlarda da diğer çocuklarla iletişim kurmaya ya da onlarla birlikte oyun oynamaya pek hevesli olmadığını görebilirsiniz.

Sizler, anne ve baba olarak hala bebeğinizin hayatındaki en önemli insanlarsınız, bu sebeple sizin ilginize çok ihtiyacı vardır, sizinle olan yakın ve doyurucu iletişimi kendisine olan güvenini de artırır. Sizin ilginizi çekebilmek için de elinden geleni yapar; size gülümser, dokunur, iter ya da dürter, bağırır, sızlanır veya ağlar. Bu çabalarına karşı verdiğiniz tepkiler onun bundan sonraki davranışlarında belirleyici rol oynayabilir. Örneğin istediği ilgiyi ağlamak veya bağırmak yerine gülümsediği ya da olumlu bir davranışla belirttiği takdirde elde ettiğini birkaç denemeden sonra öğrenip, ağlama ve bağırma huylarından vazgeçebilir. Eğer onun çeşitli davranışlarına verdiğiniz tepkilerde istikrarlı olursanız kısa sürede o da hangi davranışlarının iyi hangilerinin kötü olduğunu öğrenebilir.

Sizin ilginize ve varlığınıza hala bu denli ihtiyaç duymasına rağmen yavaş yavaş bağımsızlığını ve kendine güvenini de geliştirdiğini farkedeceksiniz.

Çocuklar etraflarında gördükleri tüm yeni objeleri dokunarak tanımaya çalışırlar; dokunmak bu dönem çocukları için önemli bir öğrenme aracıdır. Bu yüzden herhangi bir tehlike sözkonusu olmadığı müddetçe, etraftaki nesneleri dokunarak tanımaya çalışmasını engellemeyin.

Artık çocuğunuz sadece komik şeylere gülmekle kalmaz, sizi güldüren davranışlarının da farkına varıp bu davranışları tekrarlamaya başlayabilir. Yani artık sadece eğlendirilmeyi beklemez, sizi eğlendirmeye çalışır.

Çocuğunuz artık daha anlaşılır kelime ve hareketlerle kendini ifade etmeye başlayacaktır. Onu iletişim kurmaya teşvik edin; onunla konuşurken uzun ve karmaşık cümleler yerine kısa, net, anlaşılması kolay cümleleri tercih edin. Bu dönemin sonuna doğru çocuğunuz sorulduğunda gözlerinin, burnunun ya da ağzının yerini işaret edebilir.

ÇocuÄŸunuz bu dönemde sıklıkla duygu deÄŸiÅŸimleri yaÅŸar (kızgınlık, mutluluk, korku gibi). Bu duygularına onun yanındayken isim verip tekrarlarsanız, bir müddet sonra çocuÄŸunuz kendi hislerini ifade etmede bu kelimeleri kullanmaya baÅŸlayacaktır. ÖrneÄŸin bir kutuyu açamadığında ya da topu istediÄŸi yere yuvarlayamadığında kızıyorsa hemen “Bu seni kızdırıyor” diyerek o an içinde bulunduÄŸu duygusal durumu isimlendirin.

Bu dönemde çocuğunuz tanımadığı insanlara karşı ürkek ve endişeli davranışlar sergileyebilir, bu son derece normaldir. Onu bu konuda zorlamayın; yabancılara alışması ve kendini yeni insanların arasında daha rahat hissetmesi için ona zaman tanıyın. Tanımadığı insanlar ona yaklaşıp sevmek istediğinde, bu insanları bebeği ürkütmeyecek şekilde davranmaları konusunda uyarın. İlk kez girdiği, tanımadığı ortamlarda bebeğinizi yalnız bırakmayın, en azından ilk başlarda onu kucağınızda tutup kendini güvende hissetmesini sağlayın. Değişik sosyal ortamlara onunla birlikte katılın ve sizi bu ortamlarda gözlemlemesine olanak tanıyın. Örneğin markette, parklarda ya da hayvanat bahçesinde sizin diğer insanlarla rahatlıkla iletişim kurduğunuzu görmek onu da rahatlatacaktır.

Artık çocuğunuzu giydirirken onun da size yardımcı olmaya çalıştığını farkedeceksiniz (örneğin kolunu uzatabilir).

14 AYLIK BEBEĞİNİZİN DAVRANIŞLARI

Bebeklerin bir kısmı 15. aya kadar yürümeye başlamasa da bebeğiniz büyük ihtimalle artık kendi kendine yürümeye başlamış ve hareketlenmiştir. Objeleri keşfetme davranışı belirginleşir çünkü artık hareketlenmenin yanında uzanma, yakalama ve bırakma artık hemen hemen tam olarak gelişmiştir. Bebeğiniz bu ayda ebeveynlerini ve kendinden büyük çocukları taklit etmeye başlar.

BU AY BAŞLAYAN YENİ GELİŞME: NE İSTEDİĞİMİ BİLİYORUM!

14. ay inatçılık dönemidir. Bir anda ne yapmak istediği, ne yemek istediği, nereye gitmek istediği ve hatta belki de ne giymek istediği (mont giymek veya şapka takmayı reddetmek gibi) konusunda ısrarcı olmaya başlayabilir. Tabii ki sizin onun kesinlikle yapmamasını istediğiniz şeyler onun en çok yapmak istediği şeyler olacaktır. Henüz yapmayı beceremese bile bardağına süt doldurmak, ayakkabılarını giymek gibi şeyleri kendisi yapmak isteyecektir.

EÄŸer çok fazla “hayır” dediÄŸinizi düşünüyorsanız evinizi ya da en azından bir kısmını çocuÄŸunuzun güvenle dolaşıp istediÄŸi araÅŸtırmayı yapabileceÄŸi bir yer haline getirebilirsiniz. Onun için içi oyuncaklarla ve yastıklarla dolu bir oyun odası hazırlayabilirsiniz. Yerde birkaç plastik top bulundurabilirsiniz. Topun peÅŸinden koÅŸmak ve topa vurmaya çalışmak onun için büyük bir egzersiz ve eÄŸlence olacaktır. ÇocuÄŸunuzun ulaÅŸabileceÄŸi sehpalardan ve raflardan kırılabilecek objeleri kaldırabilirsiniz. Köşesi sivri masa ve sehpaların ya köşelerini sünger gibi yumuÅŸak maddelerle kaplayabilir ya da en güvenlisi köşeleri sivri eÅŸyaları ortadan kaldırabilirsiniz.

Etrafı kirletse bile kendi kendine yemek yemesine izin verin. Unutmayın oynamak ve keşfetmek çocukların dünyayı tanıması için önemlidir.

14 aylık bebeğiniz her şeye istemli olarak karşı gelmemektedir, sadece etrafına karşı son derece meraklıdır ve araştırma yaparken hiç kimsenin onu durdurmasını istemez.

Bebekler suya hayrandır, suyla oynamak sakinleştirici ve heyecan vericidir. Zaman zaman, örneğin siz yemek pişirirken, onun köpüklü su dolu plastik bir kapta yine plastik tabak ve bardakları yıkaması için izin verebilirsiniz. Tabii ki yerler su olacaktır, bunun için yere banyo perdesi benzeri plastik bir örtü serebilirsiniz.

DİĞER GELİŞİMİ: AGRESİF DAVRANIŞLARI İLE NASIL BAŞ EDEBİLİRSİNİZ?

Bu yaştaki çocuklar oldukça agresif olabilirler, oyun arkadaşlarına vurup onları ısırabilir ve canlarını yakabilirler. Bu davranış şekli bu yaşlardaki çocukların çoğunda vardır ancak karşısındaki çocuğa zarar vermek, canını yakmak amaçlı değildir. Eğer bu davranışın kötü niyetle yapılmadığını, bir engellenme yada hüsran sonucu olduğunu bilirseniz bu davranışla daha kolay başa çıkabilirsiniz. Bu davranış ya karşısındaki çocuktan aldığı reaksiyon ya da başka bir çocuğu taklit etmek amacıyla yapılmıştır. Karşısındaki çocuğun ağlamasını ya da bağırmasını seyretmek onun için eğlencelidir. Unutmayın 14 aylık bir çocuk diğer çocukların da hisleri olduğunu anlayamaz. Eğer oyun arkadaşının saçını çektiğinde arkadaşı bağırarak ağlamaya başlarsa muhtemelen durur ve karşısındakinin reaksiyonunu izler ve herhangi birşey hissetmez. Bebeğiniz için bu davranış birkaç ay önceki mama sandalyesinden aşağı cisimleri atıp nereye gittiklerini izlemek davranışı ile aynı şeydir. Bu yüzden bebeğiniz bir arkadaşı ile oynarken yakından izleyip gerektiğinde müdahale etmelisiniz. Aşırı tepki vermeden yumuşak ama kesin bir tavırla onu durdurup arkadaşına vurduğunda onun canını yaktığını söyleyebilirsiniz ve ilgisini başka bir yöne çekebilirsiniz.

Uzmanlar bu olayı sebep-sonuç ilişkisi olarak (şunu yaparsam şu olur) adlandırıyor ve şu anda sahip olduğumuz tüm deneme alışkanlıklarımızın altında yatan neden de budur.

Uzmanlar şiddet veya çocuğunuzu dövmek gibi bedensel cezaların disiplinde kesinlikle işe yaramadığında hemfikir. Bu yaşlardaki çocukları eğitmek sıklıkla ebeveynlerin kolaylıkla sinirlenmesine neden olabilir ancak siz ve çocuğunuz için sınırları çizecek başka yollar bulabilirsiniz. Maalesef her durumu çözebilecek tek bir disiplin formu yoktur. Çocuğunuz ilginizi çekmek için sizin hoşlanmadığınız bir davranışta bulunuyorsa aşırı tepki vermemeye çalışın. Bu tepkiyi verirseniz o ya da bu şekilde sizin ilginizi çekmiş olacaktır. Eğer çocuğunuza o sizinle ilgilenmezken sıklıkla ilgi gösterirseniz sizin ilginizi çekmek için o kadar çok ihtiyaç duymayacaktır.

OYUN

Oyun bu dönemde çocuğunuz için çok iyi bir öğrenme aracıdır. Oyunlar vasıtasıyla renkleri, şekilleri, yeni kelimeleri öğrenebilir; iletişim becerilerini geliştirirler. En çok hoşlanacakları oyunlar:

Görünüp kaybolma (saklambaç): Sizi saklandığınız yerden bulmaya çalışmak veya sizden saklanmak çok hoşuna gidecektir. Sizi kolaylıkla bulabileceği bir şekilde saklanın, böylece kazandığı başarıdan dolayı mutlu olacak ve kendine güveni artacaktır. Sizden saklanmaya çalıştığında da onu bulmakta zorlanıyormuş gibi davranın ve bir süre için aramayı sürdürün. Saklandığı köşede sizin onu arayışınızı büyük bir neşeyle izleyecektir.

Top Yuvarlama: Çocuğunuzla karşılıklı oturup yerdeki bir topu birbirinize yuvarlamanız onun için eğlendirici bir oyun olabilir.

• ÇocuÄŸunuz eline geçirdiÄŸi nesneleri ya da oyuncakları yere fırlatmaktan ve sizin bunları ona geri vermenizden çok hoÅŸlanır. Ayrıca boÅŸ kutuların içine objeleri doldurmak, sonra bunları boÅŸaltmak da sevdiÄŸi oyunlardandır.

• Gözlerinizi, burnunuzu vs yüzünüzdeki organları tek tek iÅŸaret edip isimlerini söyleyerek bebeÄŸinize yüzünü tanıtmaya çalışın; bunu bir oyun haline dönüştürün. Kısa bir süre sonra “Burnunu göster” dediÄŸinizde eliyle burnunu iÅŸaret ettiÄŸini göreceksiniz.

• Kitapları sever, onunla birlikte resimli kitaplara bakabilir, ona bu tür kitaplardan hikayeler okuyabilirsiniz.

Çocuğunuzun ne kadar çok oyuncağı olursa olsun, evdeki dolapları, özellikle de mutfak dolaplarını karıştırmak onların en büyük eğlencesidir. Önlem olarak dolaplara kilit taktırabilirsiniz. Ancak çocuğun merakını canlı tutmak, keşfetme yeteneğini engellememek için dolapların birine kilit taktırmayıp içine çocuğa zarar vermeyecek tahta ya da plastik birkaç mutfak araç gereci koyabilirsiniz. Bunlar ona diğer tüm oyuncaklarından daha ilgi çekici gelebilir.

Çocuğunuz bu dönemde yaşıtlarıyla ortak oyun oynama ve onlarla iletişim kurmaya pek meyilli değildir. Diğer çocuklar onun için bir oyun arkadaşı olmaktan çok, bir oyuncak ya da bir obje durumundadır. Yine de onun diğer çocuklarla sosyalleşme aşamasına geçişini hızlandırmak için onu yaşıtlarıyla birlikte olabileceği oyun alanlarına götürmeyi deneyebilirsiniz.

16 - 18 AY ARASI ÇOCUK GELİŞİMİ

FİZİKSEL GELİŞİM

Bu dönemde çocuÄŸunuzun fiziksel yeteneklerini ve kapasitesini zorlamaya çalıştığını farkedersiniz. ÖrneÄŸin yürümeye baÅŸladıysa bununla yetinmeyecek, yürürken ağır birÅŸeyler taşımaya ya da yüksek biryerlere tırmanmaya çalışacaktır. Bunlarda baÅŸarılı olamayınca hayalkırıklığı yaÅŸaması ve aÄŸlaması normaldir. 17 aylık çocukların %90’ından fazlası yürümenin yanısıra, yerdeki bir nesneye uzanmak için durup eÄŸilme ya da birkaç dakika yere eÄŸilip o nesneyle oynadıktan sonra kalkıp yoluna devam etme gibi hareketler yapabilirler. Tırmanmak bu dönemde çocuklara son derece heyecan verici bir macera olarak görünür. 17 aylık çocuÄŸunuz sizinle birlikte merdiven çıkarken muhtemelen kucağınızda olmak yerine elinizi tutarak merdivenleri kendi başına çıkmak isteyecektir. Ayrıca evdeki sandalye ve koltuklara tırmanma denemeleri yapacaktır. Evinizde bebeÄŸinizin güvenliÄŸi için gerekli önlemleri aldığınız ve onu dikkatle gözetim altında tuttuÄŸunuz müddetçe bu tür tırmanma denemelerini engellemeyin, bunlar bebeÄŸiniz için iyi birer egzersiz olabilir.

Çocuğunuz 17 aylıkken hala yürümüyorsa doktorunuza danışmakta fayda vardır. Bazı bebekler o kadar iyi emekler ki, ayağa kalkıp yürümek için ihtiyaç ya da istek duymayabilirler; kimi bebekler ise düşmekten korktuğu ya da kendine yeterince güvenemediği için yürüme denemelerine karşı isteksiz olabilirler. Daha ciddi bir gelişim problemi de sözkonusu olabilir, bu sebeple size en doğru çözüm yolunu doktorunuz gösterecektir.

Bu dönemde çocuğunuz etrafındaki yeni objelere büyük bir keşfetme merakı içinde yaklaşır. Etrafında bulduğu eşyalara dokunur, onları kavrayıp yakından inceler, ağzına götürüp tadına bakmaya çalışır ya da yere fırlatıp tekrar eline alır. El ve parmaklarını kullanmada gittikçe beceri kazandığını farkedersiniz. Ona kitap okuduğunuzda sizinle birlikte sayfaları çevirmeye başlayacaktır. Eline bir boya kalemi verdiğinizde bununla boyama yapacağının bilincinde olabilir ancak eline geçirdiği herşeyi ya da heryeri boyamaya çalışacağından dikkatli olmanızda fayda vardır.

Çocuğunuz artık sizi ve etrafında sürekli gördüğü diğer yetişkinleri taklit etmeye çalışacak ve tekbaşına ya da yardım almadan yapamayacağı şeyleri yapmak isteyecektir. Böyle durumlarda (tabi güvenli olduğu sürece) ona denemesi için fırsat verin, ancak heran için yakınında yardımına hazır olmayı da ihmal etmeyin. Onun bu hevesini, ona çeşitli işler yaptırarak destekleyebilirsiniz. Örneğin ondan oyuncaklarını oyuncak kutusuna doldurmasını ya da kitapları raflara yerleştirirken size yardımcı olmasını isteyin.

TUVALET EĞİTİMİ İÇİN UYGUN ZAMAN GELDİ Mİ?

Çoğu uzman 18. ayın tuvalet eğitimine başlamak için erken bir zaman olduğunu belirtmektedir; ancak kimi görüşler de bu eğitim için uygun zamanın geldiği doğrultusundadır. Tabii ki kendisi için en uygun zamanı belirleyecek olan çocuğunuzdur, bu sebeple çocuğunuzda tuvalet eğitimine başlayabileceğinizi gösteren sinyalleri takip edin.

Eğer çocuğunuzun eğitime hazır olduğunu düşünüyorsanız, uygulayacağınız bazı yöntemlerle bu eğitimi kolaylaştırabilirsiniz. Bu dönemde çocuklar taklit yoluyla öğrenirler, bu yüzden çocuğunuzun sizin banyoda nasıl davrandığınızı izleyerek taklit etmeye çalışması muhtemeldir. Bu, ona tuvalet eğitimi vermek için iyi bir fırsat olabilir. Ona, tuvalete ya da lazımlığa nasıl oturması gerektiğini gösterebilirsiniz. Eğitim sırasında sevdiği oyuncak hayvanlarını kullanmak da faydalı olabilir. Ancak acele etmenize gerek olmadığını unutmayın; çocuğunuzun tuvalet alışkanlığını kazanması için bir yıl daha geçmesi gerekebilir.

ALGISAL VE SOSYAL GELİŞİM

Bu dönemde çocuÄŸunuz etrafında gördüğü insanlara el sallar, gülümser, çeÅŸitli interaktif oyunlar oynamayı sever ve basit emir cümlelerini anlayıp uygulayabilir. Bu üç aylık dönemin sonlarına doÄŸru konuÅŸması, mimikleri ve iletiÅŸim kurmaya yönelik çeÅŸitli hareketleri daha anlaşılır hale gelir. Hayvan seslerini de taklit edebilir. “Hayır” kelimesini bu dönemde çocuÄŸunuzdan sıklıkla duyacaksınız. Bu dönemin sonlarında 6-10 kelime kadar söyleyebilir, bazen iki kelimelik cümleler kurabilir.

Bu aylarda çocuğunuz çeşitli durumlara karşı olumsuz tepkiler geliştirebilir. Örneğin kızdığında ya da hayalkırıklığına uğradığında size veya yakından tanıdığı birisine vurarak tepkisini gösterir. Direktiflerinize bilinçli bir şekilde uymama eğilimi de gösterebilir. Örneğin dokunmamasını belirttiğiniz bir eşya ya da objeye sizin gözlerinizin içine bakarak özellikle dokunur. Onun söylediğiniz şeyi anladığı ve mesajı aldığından emin olduğunuz sürece, bu tip küçük inatlaşmalarına sert karşılıklar vermeyin; konuyu büyütmek yerine bir süre için görmezden gelin. Çocuğunuz bu yaşta bile doğru davranışlarının etrafındaki yetişkinlerce pozitif tavırlarla (kucaklama, öpme, gülümseme gibi) ödüllendirildiğini, yanlış davranışlarının ise olumsuz karşılandığını ya da görmezden gelindiğini farketmeye başlayacaktır.

Çocuğunuz için günlük hayat içinde alıştığı bazı rutinler bu dönemlerde çok önemlidir. Örneğin ona her gece uyumadan önce kitap okuyorsanız ve bir geceliğine bunu yapmayı unutursanız, size bunu önemle hatırlatması sizi şaşırtmasın! Çocuklar bu yaşta hayatlarını önceden tahmin edilebilir hale getiren bu rutinleri sever, böylelikle kendilerini güvende hissederler.

Artık yürüyüp konuşabildiği için çocuğunuz, etrafındaki insanlarla özellikle de kendi yaşıtlarıyla daha yakından ilgilenmeye ve iletişim kurmaya başlayabilir. Ancak hala yaşıtlarına birlikte oynanabilecek bir oyun arkadaşından çok, keşfedilecek yeni bir oyuncak gözüyle bakmaları normaldir. Eğer çocuğunuz diğer çocuklara karşı zarar verici ve sert davranışlarda bulunuyorsa endişelenmeyin ve uygun bir dille ona bu yaptığının yanlış olduğunu anlatın. Onu yaşıtlarıyla birlikte olabileceği ortamlara daha sık götürün; örneğin sizin çocuklarınızla yaşıt çocukları olan annelerle kontak kurup düzenli olarak biraraya gelebilir, çocuklarınızın da birbirlerini oyun arkadaşı olarak kabul edip sosyalleşmelerine katkıda bulunmuş olursunuz.

Bu yaştaki çocuklar için çeşitli denemelerinde başarı kazanmak çok önemlidir. Sürekli yeni birtakım aktiviteler konusunda kendilerini test eder, kapasitelerini zorlarlar. Örneğin ayakkabılarını kendileri giymeye, yüksek koltuklara ya da sandalyelere tırmanmaya, merdivenleri kendi başlarına çıkmaya çalışırlar. Bunları başaramadıklarında ya da sizin tarafınızdan engellendiklerinde ise oldukça öfkeleneceklerdir. Güvenliğini tehdit edecek bir durum sözkonusu olmadığı ve gözetiminiz altında olduğu sürece onun bu yeni denemelerini engellemeyin.

KİŞİLİK FARKLARI

Çocuklar doÄŸdukları andan itibaren kiÅŸilik özellikleriyle birbirlerinden ayrılırlar. ABD New York Üniversitesi’nde yapılan bir araÅŸtırmada uzmanlar çocukları doÄŸumlarından itibaren mizaçları bakımından 3 gruba ayırmıştır:

1. “Kolay” çocuklar olarak tabir edilen ilk grup uyumlu; yemek ve uyku düzenleri açısından problemsiz; etraflarındaki yenİ insanlar ve durumlara kolay adapte olabilen çocuklardır.

2. İkinci gruptaki çocukların yeni durumlara ve insanlara uyum sağlamaları biraz zaman alabilmekte; yemek ve uyku düzenlerinde bazen sorunlar görülmekte; bu çocuklar kimi zaman etraflarına karşı olumsuz davranışlar sergileyebilmektedir.

3. Uzmanlar, “Zor” çocuklar olarak nitelenen üçüncü gruba her 10 bebekten 1’inin dahil olduÄŸunu belitrmektedir. Bu çocukların yemek ve uyku alışkanlıkları oldukça problemli ve düzensizdir; sık ve yüksek sesle aÄŸlarlar ve etraflarındaki yenilik ve deÄŸiÅŸimleri kolay kabullenemezler.

Çocuğunuzu büyütürken bu tarz kişilik farklılıklarının olabileceğini gözönünde bulundurun ve çocuğunuzu, yaşıtlarıyla kıyaslayıp gereksiz endişelere kapılmayın. Çocuğunuzun kişilk özelliklerini iyice anlamanız, onu yetiştirirken sizin için faydalı olacaktır.

HUYSUZLUK NÖBETLERİ

Bu dönemlerde çocuğunuz, istediği birşeyi yapmadığınızda ya da istemediği birşeyi yapmak zorunda kalınca, kimi zaman ise ortada görünür hiçbir sebep yokken huysuzluk ve ağlama nöbetlerine tutulabilir. Bu nöbetler özellikle diğer insanlarla birarada bulunduğunuz mekanlarda sizin için zor ve yıpratıcı olabilir. Örneğin kalabalık bir markette, kasada ödeme için kuyruk beklerken çocuğunuz aniden bir ağlama krizine tutulabilir, kucağınızda hiddetle tepinmeye başlar. Sebep beklemekten sıkılması ya da elindeki kurabiyenin tadnı beğenmemesi olabilir. Bu nöbetlerin oluşma sebepleri tam olarak açıklanamamakla birlikte, kimilerine göre bu bebeklikle çocukluk arasında yaşanması olağan bir geçiş dönemi, kimilerine göre ise küçük çocuklar için çözemedikleri ya da anlayamadıkları durumlar karşısında bir rahatlama, stresi dışa vurma yöntemidir. Bu nöbetlerin çocuk açken, yorgunken ya da aşırı uyarılmış durumdayken daha sık meydana geldiği belirlenmiştir. Ancak sebep her ne olursa olsun, çocuğunuzu büyütürken bu tip huysuzluk nöbetleriyle karşılaşmanız kaçınılmazdır. Bu nöbetlerle daha kolay başa çıkabilmeniz için aşağıdaki yöntemler faydalı olabilir;

• ÇocuÄŸunuzun huysuzluk nöbetlerini inceleyip analiz etmeye çalışın. Hangi durumlarda daha sık bu nöbetleri yaşıyor belirleyip onu bu durumlardan uzak tutmaya çalışabilirsiniz.

• ÇocuÄŸunuzla ortaklaÅŸa yaptığınız bir aktiviteyi sonlandırırken bunu aniden deÄŸil, alıştıra alıştıra yapın. Çocuklar genellikle ani deÄŸiÅŸikliklerden hoÅŸlanmaz ve bunlara karşı olumsuz epkiler verirler.

• EÄŸer çocuÄŸunuzun bir aÄŸlama nöbetine kapılmasıyla sonlanacak bir aktivite ya da oyun içinde olduÄŸunu hissederseniz, bunu bir an önce sonlandırıp çocuÄŸunuzun dikkatini baÅŸka bir yöne kaydırın.

• Huysuzluk nöbetleri kalabalık içindeyken daha kötü bir hal alır. Bu sebeple çocuÄŸunuzun huysuzlaÅŸmaya baÅŸladığını hissettiÄŸinizde onu sakin ve kalabalıktan uzak bir mekana getirip, rahatlaması ve sakinleÅŸmesi için ona zaman tanıyın.

• Bu nöbetler esnasında soÄŸukkanlı ve sabırlı olun. Sizin de sinirlenip bağırmanız sadece durumu daha da kötüleÅŸtirecektir.

AÅžILAR

18. ayda bebeğinizin 5li karma aşısının (Difteri, Tetanoz, Boğmaca, Çocuk felci ve Menenjit aşısı) tekrar dozunun ve Hepatit A aşısının 2. dozunun uygulanması gerekmektedir.

Bebeğinizin gecikmiş aşıları varsa hala tamamlayabilirsiniz. Nasıl tamamlayacağınız konusunda hekiminize danışınız.

19 - 21 AY ARASI ÇOCUK GELİŞİMİ

FİZİKSEL GELİŞİM

Bu dönemde küçüğünüzün hareket yeteneklerini test edip geliştirmeye devam ettiğini göreceksiniz. Geri geri ya da yan yan yürüyüş denemelerinden, merdivenleri inip çıkmaya çalışmaktan, yerlerde yuvarlanmaktan hoşlanır. Özellikle 21. ayın sonlarına doğru, sürekli gelişen fiziksel kapasitesi çocuğunuzun gittikçe daha bağımsız ve kendine güvenen bir birey haline gelmesini sağlayacaktır. Onu kendi kendine güç denemeleri yapmaya çalışırken görebilirsiniz; sandalyeleri kaldırmaya, masayı itmeye ya da beşiğinden tırmanıp dışarı çıkmaya çalışabilir. Bebeğiniz için evde aldığınız güvenlik önlemlerini bir kez daha gözden geçirmenizde fayda vardır.

Çocuğunuz uzunca bir süredir elleriyle çeşitli objeleri kavrama, sıkma ve geri bırakma egzersizleri yapmaktaydı. Bu aylardan itibaren bu çalışmalarının sonuçlarını farketmeye başlarsınız. Tek eliyle bir kap tutarken öbür eliyle küçük objeleri bu kaba doldurup sonra kabı boşaltabilir. Eline aldığı bir kalemle çizim denemeleri yapmaya başlayabilir. Sadece çok basit ve fazla başarılı olmayan birkaç çizgi ya da daire çizse bile, bu çocuğunuz için aslında büyük bir gelişimdir. Çünkü basit bir çizgiyi oluşturmak bile çocuğunuzun kalemi kavrama ve tutma, el-göz koordinasyonunu kurma ve hayalgücünü kullanma yeteneklerini geliştirdiğinin bir göstergesidir.

Bu dönemde çocuklar yetişkinleri taklit etme eğiliminde oldukları için, büyük ihtimalle küçüğünüz ev içinde yaptığınız bütün aktiviteleri gözlemleyip, bu aktivitelere dahil olmak isteyecektir (Sizinle birlikte yatakları düzeltmek, elektrik süpürgesini kullanmak, çamaşırları makineye doldurmak, bulaşık makinesini boşaltmak gibi). Bu işleri şu an tek başına yapabilecek kapasitede değilse bile, sizi gözlemleyerek edindiği bilgileri ileride kullanmak üzere hafızasına kaydetmektedir. Böyle durumlarda onu, yapmakta zorlanmayacağı ufak tefek işlerle görevlendirebilirsiniz. Örneğin oyuncaklarını oyuncak kutusuna doldurmasını ya da kitapları raflara yerleştirmede size yardımcı olmasını isteyebilirsiniz.

Artık çocuğunuzun çiğneme yeteneği gelişmiş olsa bile, yine de yiyecekleri ona küçük lokmalar halinde vermeniz daha uygun olur. 20 aylık bir çocuk kaşık çatal tutarak kendi kendisini besleyebilir ancak çoğu elleriyle yemeyi tercih edecektir; bu şekilde işlerinin kolaylaştığının farkındadırlar.

ALGISAL VE SOSYAL GELİŞİM

Huysuzluk nöbetleri artarak devam edebilir.

Bu dönemde çocuğunuz hoşnutsuzluğunu, kızgınlığını ya da üzüntüsünü etrafındaki insanlara vurmak, bağırmak, tekme atmak gibi agresif davranışlarla dışa vurabilir. Özellikle yaşıtlarıyla biraradayken gözünüzü çocuğunuzdan ayırmayın. Diğer çocuklara karşı saldırgan ve agresif davranışlar sergilemeye başladığı anda yanına gidip ona bu yaptığının doğru olmadığını anlatmaya çalışın; gerekiyorsa bir süre için onu bulunduğu ortamdan uzaklaştırın. Çocuğunuzun agresif ve saldırgan davranışlarına, ona ders vermek amacıyla bile olsa, aynı sertlikte karşılık vermeyin. Bu, çocuğunuzun, saldırgan ve agresif davranışların normal olduğuna inanmasından başka bir işe yaramayacaktır.

POZİTİF DİSİPLİN YÖNTEMLERİ

Çocuğunuzu disipline etmek her zaman için onu cezalandırmak anlamına gelmez; en güzel disiplin yöntemi yanlışlarından yola çıkarak ona doğruları öğretmeye çalışmaktır. Müdahale etmenizi gerektirecek yanlış bir davranışıyla karşılaştığınızda hemen onu azarlama ya da cezalandırma yoluna gitmeyin. Bunun yerine, bu yanlış davranışından faydalanarak ona doğrusunu nasıl öğretebileceğinizi düşünün. Bu her zaman kolay bir durum olmayabilir; özellikle kızgın olduğunuz durumlarda çocuğunuzun hatalarına sabırla ve olumlu bir tutumla yaklaşmak zor olabilir ancak biraz sabır ve anlayış sonucunda çocuğunuzun size ve diğer insanlara karşı daha saygılı, daha sağlıklı iletişim kurabilen bir birey olarak yetişmeye başladığını göreceksiniz.

Uygulayabileceğiniz bazı pozitif yaklaşım yöntemleri:

• Çocuklar yetiÅŸkinleri gözlemleyip taklit eder. Bu yüzden eÄŸer siz olumlu davranışlar gösterirseniz çocuÄŸunuz da sizi örnek alacaktır. Onun “Lütfen”, “TeÅŸekkür ederim” gibi sözcükleri kullanmasını istiyorsanız, öncelikle siz ona ve çevrenizdeki diÄŸer insanlara karşı sık sık bu kelimeleri söyleyin.

• ÇocuÄŸunuz, onu azarladığınız ya da bağırıp çağırdığınız zamanlardan çok onunla sakin, saygılı bir tutumla konuÅŸtuÄŸunuz zaman sizi dinlemeye eÄŸilimlidir. Bu yüzden yanlış bir davranışı düzeltmeye çalışırken azarlamak ya da bağırmak yerine, sakin bir ÅŸekilde ve onunla göz kontağı kurarak doÄŸruları ona anlatmaya çalışın.

• Olumsuz cümlelerden çok olumlu emir cümleleri kurmaya dikkat edin. ÖrneÄŸin “Kediye vurma!” uyarısı yerine “Kediyi yavaşça okÅŸa” diyerek ona kediyi nasıl sevmesi gerektiÄŸini gösterebilirsiniz.

• Her zaman için olumlu davranışlarını takdir ettiÄŸinizi belli edin ve bu tür davranışlarını sözlerinizle ve tavırlarınızla ödüllendirin.

Artık sizden uzaktayken, diğer insanların yanında daha rahat ve güvenli bir tutum sergilediğini, eskisi gibi ürküp ağlamadığını farkedebilirsiniz. Ayrıca yavaş yavaş diğer insanlarla ya da yaşıtlarıyla kendi eşyalarını (örneğin oyuncaklarını) paylaşma eğilimi başlayabilir. Etrafında başka insanların da olduğu, tüm evrenin sadece kendi varlığı üzerine kurulu olmadığı bilinci gelişmeye başlar.

Bu dönemde çocuğunuzda ısırma huyu başgösterebilir. Buna çok çeşitli faktörler sebep olabilir; gerçek sebebi anlamanız onu bu huydan vazgeçirmede önemli kolaylık sağlar. Bazı çocuklar sırf arkadaşını ısırdığında ne olacağını merak ettiği için bunu dener; bazıları kızgın, mutsuz olduklarında ya da ilgi çekmek istediklerinde duygularını bu şekilde dışa vurur; diş çıkaran çocuklar ise dişetlerindeki baskı ve kaşınma yüzünden ısırma eğiliminde olabilirler.

OYUN

İçinde sürpriz barındıran her türlü oyun ve oyuncak (kutudan çıkan kuklalar, saklambaç oyunları gibi) bu dönemdeki çocukların hoşuna gidecektir. Ayrıca şu ana dek etrafında gördüğü ve ilgi göstermediği pek çok nesne ya da olay birdenbire onun için büyük bir yenilik, eğlenceli bir oyun aracı haline gelebilir. Plastik toplar, oyuncak arabalar, içi doldurulmuş bez hayvanlar ve bebekler, oyuncak müzik aletleri çocuğunuz en sevdiği oyuncakları arasında yer alacaktır. Ayrıca bu dönemLerde çocuğunuz kumda oyun oynamayı ya da toprağı kazmayı; salıncakta sallanmayı da sevecektir. Müzik ya da alkış sesi duyduğunda dansa benzer figürler yapmaya başlayabilir.

Eskiden çocuğunuzun oyunlarını hep siz yönetir, sürekli yanında olup tüm oyunlarına aktif olarak katılırdınız. Artık zaman zaman onun tekbaşına oyun oynaması için geri planda kalmayı deneyin, çouğunuzun kendini bir süre boyunca oyalayıp tekbaşına oyun oynayabildiğini farkedeceksiniz.

AÅžILAR

Bebeğinizin 2 yaşına kadar olan tüm aşılarını tamamladıysanız, bundan sonraki ilk aşısı 4-6 yaş arasında olacaktır. 4-6 yaş arasında tekrarlanması gereken aşılar, Difteri-Tetanoz-Boğmaca-Çocuk Felci 4lü karma aşısı ve Kızamık-Kızamıkçık-Kabakulak aşısıdır.

OKULÖNCESİ DÖNEMİ (3-6 YAŞ)

Üç yaşından itibaren oyun çağına giren çocuk, motor becerilerinin gelişmesiyle çevre üzerinde egemenlik kurmakta ve bunu giderek genişletmektedir. Sayı sayma, şarkı şiir öğrenme ve çevresindeki dünya hakkında sorular sorma gibi alanlarda dil ve zihinsel yetenekleri ilerlemektedir. Üç yaşındaki bir çocuk artık çevresinde kendisinden bağımsız bir dünyanın varlığını ve kendisinin de o dünya içinde bir birey olduğunu kabul etmiştir.

3 yaşındaki çocuk koÅŸarken ve büyük oyuncakları itip çekerken önüne çıkan engelleri aÅŸabilir, üç tekerlekli bisiklete binebilir. Kendi giysilerini kısmen giyebilir. 3 yaşındaki çocuÄŸun bildiÄŸi kelime sayısı 1000′e ulaşır. Uyku ve temizlik alışkanlıkları büyük ölçüde kazanılmıştır. Mükemmele yakın bir ÅŸekilde kendi kendilerine yemek yemeyi baÅŸarabilirler. ÇocuÄŸun sfinkter kaslarını kontrol etmeyi baÅŸarabildiÄŸi 2 yaÅŸlarından sonra baÅŸlatılan tuvalet eÄŸitimi 3. -4. yaÅŸlarda artık sonuç vermeye baÅŸlamıştır. Bu yaÅŸ grubu çocuklar son derece ben-merkezcildirler ve çoÄŸunlukla kendi baÅŸlarına oynarlar. KonuÅŸma ve cümleler 3 yaÅŸ çocuÄŸunda dilbilgisine daha uygun hale gelmiÅŸtir. Artık aralarında neden-sonuç iliÅŸkisi bulunan düşünceler, bileÅŸik önermeler alarak tek bir cümlede ifade edilmeye baÅŸlar, ancak konuÅŸurken baÅŸkalarının görüş açısını dikkate almaz. Dil, hareket ve toplumsal geliÅŸim yönünden, büyük ilerleme gösteren 3 yaÅŸ çocuÄŸu zengin bir hayal gücüne sahiptir ve bunlar gerçek olaylar, gerçek kiÅŸilermiÅŸ gibi davranır. YetiÅŸkinlerin giysilerini giymekten, onların davranışlarını taklit etmekten, ev iÅŸlerine yardım etmekten, büyüklerin çeÅŸitli davranışlarını yinelemekten zevk alır. Ayrıntıya girmeyen küçük kısa hikayelerden hoÅŸlanır.

4 yaş çocuğu isteklerinin anında yerine getirilmemesini anlayışla karşılamayı öğrenmeye başlar. O artık kendi dışındaki dünyanın kuralları olduğunu ve başkalarının hak ve istekleri olduğunu görür ve beklemeyi öğrenir. 4 yaşında, üç yaşına göre


Destekliyoruz arkadas - arkadas - oyun oyna - oyun - en güzel oyunlar jinekolog - kadin dogum doktoru kadin dogum uzmani jinekolog - kadýn doðum doktoru kadýn doðum uzmaný